Document:

Exhibit 10.1 Consulting Agreement

Exhibit 10.1

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

 

THIS CONSULTING AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated October 6, 2011, by and between Digagogo Ventures Corp., a Delaware corporation, with an address located at 645 Griswold St., Suite 3500, Detroit, Michigan 48226-4120 (the “Company”) and Krista Wagner, an individual with an address located at ________________________________________, (the “Consultant”). Each of the Parties to this Agreement is individually referred to herein as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”  

WHEREAS: 

A.

The Consultant has the business development expertise and experience to assist the Company;

B.

The Consultant is offering its services as a consultant to the Company; 

C.

The Company desires to retain the Consultant as an independent consultant and to memorialize the Consultant’s work for the Company by entering into this written Agreement; and,

D.

The Parties agree that this Agreement reflects the entire understanding and agreements between the Parties hereto.

AGREEMENT:

In consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual promises set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1.

Engagement.

(a)

Company hereby engages Consultant to render, as an independent contractor, advisory, business development, consulting and such other services as may be agreed to in writing by the Company and Consultant from time to time (the “Services”).  The Services being rendered hereunder (i) shall be rendered by the Consultant, who is a natural person, (ii) are bonafide services and (iii) are not in connection with capital raising or market activities.

(b)

Consultant hereby accepts the engagement to provide Services to the Company on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

2.

Compensation.  In consideration of the Services to be performed by the Consultant, the Company shall pay to Consultant a one-time issuance of one million one hundred thousand (1,100,000) Form S-8 registered shares of common stock of the Company (the “Compensation”).

3.

Term and Termination.  

(a)

Term.  This Agreement shall commence on October 10, 2011 and is for an initial term of six (6) months (the “Term”). Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement (the “Termination Date”): (a) each Party shall return the other’s Protected Information (as defined herein) in its possession or control; (b) all amounts not disputed in good faith that are owed by each Party to the other Party under this Agreement which accrued before such termination or expiration will be immediately due and payable; and (c) Consultant shall deliver to the Company all deliverables completed and accepted up to the date of termination or expiration and the Company shall have all right, title and interest thereto. If the Company terminates the Agreement prior to the expiration of the Term, or the Consultant dies or becomes disabled (as determined by Consultant’s physician), prior to the expiration of the Term of the Agreement, then the Company may terminate this Agreement upon payment of the Compensation to Consultant as set forth herein under Paragraph 2.

(b)

Termination for Cause.  The Company may, at its option and upon resolution of the Board of Directors (the “Board”), terminate this Agreement forthwith for “cause”, including, without limitation, any obligation to pay Compensation under this Agreement (except to the extent accrued to the date of termination). For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean: (a) material breach of this Agreement (continuing for 30 days after receipt of written notice stating the nature of the breach and the need to cure); (b) gross negligence in the performance or intentional non-performance of the Services (continuing for 30 days after receipt of written notice stating the nature of the breach and the need to cure); (c) dishonesty, fraud or misconduct with respect to the business or affairs of the Company which materially affects the operations or reputation of the Company; or (d) Consultant's conviction of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude.  

(c)

Change of Control. In the event of a “change of control”, the Consultant shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement and discontinue providing any Services hereunder.  For purposes of this Agreement, “change of control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)   

during any period of fourteen (14) consecutive calendar months, individuals who were directors of the Company on the first day of such period (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of the Company; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the first day of such period whose election, or nomination for election, by the Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors shall be considered as though such individual were an Incumbent Director, but excluding, for purposes of this proviso, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened proxy contest with respect to election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a “person” (as such term is used in Paragraph 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (each, a “Person”), in each case other than the management of the Company, the Board or the holders of the Company's common stock par value $0.0001;

(ii)  

the consummation of a reorganization, merger, share exchange, consolidation, or sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company unless, in any case, the Persons who or which Beneficially Own the Voting Securities of the Company immediately before that transaction Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, immediately after the transaction, at least 75% of the Voting Securities of the Company or any other corporation or other entity resulting from or surviving the transaction (including a corporation or other entity which, as the result of the transaction, owns all or substantially all Voting Securities of the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, either directly or indirectly through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportion as their respective ownership of the Voting Securities of the Company immediately before that transaction. “Beneficial Owner” means beneficial owner as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act. (“Beneficially Owns” has the correlative meaning.) Any calculation of the number of Voting Securities outstanding at any particular time, including for purposes of determining the particular percentage of such outstanding Voting Securities of which any Person is the Beneficial Owner, shall be made in accordance with the last sentence of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) under the Exchange Act. “Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, or other entity, including any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity. “Voting Securities” means securities or other interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect members of the board of directors of a corporation or individuals serving similar functions for a noncorporate entity;

(iii) 

the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; and/or

(iv) 

any bankruptcy or insolvency involving the Company.

(d)

Termination for Good Reason. The Consultant shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement for good reason, for the purpose of this Paragraph 3(d), in the event of a material breach of this Agreement by the Company or any material change in the Consultant’s Services hereunder (“Good Reason”). If, in the event of any of the foregoing, such circumstance is not remedied within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Consultant specifically delineating each act giving rise to Good Reason and setting forth Consultant’s intention to terminate the Services if such breach is not duly remedied, provided that if the specified circumstance cannot reasonably be remedied within said 30-day period and the Company commences reasonable steps within said 30-day period to remedy said breach and diligently continues such steps thereafter until a remedy is effected, such circumstance will not constitute Good Reason.

(e)

Either Party may terminate this Agreement at any time, for any reason or no reason, by providing 30 days written notice to the other. Termination shall be effective 30 days after delivery of the notice of termination.

(f)

If the Company terminates this Agreement without Cause, or if Consultant terminates this Agreement for Good Reason (as defined above), Consultant shall be entitled to a payment equal to the full amount of Compensation which remains unpaid through the date on which this Agreement was set to expire.

(g)

If the Company terminates this Agreement for Cause or if Consultant terminates this Agreement without Cause, the Company's Compensation obligations shall immediately terminate, except that any Compensation which theretofore have been earned by Consultant up through the date of termination will be due and payable.

2

4.

Consultant's Business Activities.

(a)   

During the Term of this Agreement, Consultant will engage in no business or other activities, which are or may be, directly or indirectly, competitive with the business of the Company without notifying and obtaining express written consent of the Company.  

(b)  

Consultant shall devote such time, attention and energy to the business and affairs of the Company as requested by the Company, and in any event, no less than the amount of time reasonably necessary to perform the Services.

5.

Competitive Activity.

(a)

Acknowledgment. Consultant acknowledges that the pursuit of the activities forbidden by Paragraph 5(b) below would necessarily involve the use, disclosure or misappropriation of Protected Information (as hereinafter defined).

(b)

Prohibited Activity.  To prevent the above-described use, disclosure or misappropriation of Protected Information (as hereinafter defined), Consultant agrees that during the Term and for a period of two (2) years thereafter, Consultant shall not, directly or indirectly, disclose any Protected Information without the Company's express written consent.

6.

Representations and Warranties.  

(a)

Consultant represents and warrants that: (i) Consultant has no obligations, legal or otherwise, inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or with Consultant's undertaking this relationship with the Company; (ii) the performance of the Services called for by this Agreement do not and will not violate any applicable law, rule or regulation or any proprietary or other right of any third party; (iii) Consultant will not use in the performance of his responsibilities under this Agreement any confidential information or trade secrets of any other person or entity; and (iv) Consultant has not entered into or will not enter into any agreement (whether oral or written) in conflict with this Agreement.

(b) 

Consultant further represents and warrants that he will provide bona fide services to the Company, that such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, that such services do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities, that, by prearrangement or otherwise, the Company, including all affiliates, will not control or direct the resale of the securities received hereunder in the public market, and that the Company, including all affiliates, will not directly or indirectly receive a percentage of the proceeds from such resales of any securities received by Consultant.

7.

Indemnification.  Consultant hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend and hold harmless the Company from and against any and all claims, demands and actions, and any liabilities, damages or expenses resulting therefrom, including court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees, arising out of any negligence or intentional misconduct on the part of Consultant in his performance of the Services under this Agreement or the representations and warranties made by Consultant pursuant to Paragraph 6 hereof.  Consultant's obligations under this Paragraph 7 hereof shall survive the termination, for any reason, of this Agreement.

8.

Compliance with Securities Laws.  The Company understands that any and all Compensation shall be paid solely and exclusively as consideration for the aforementioned Services by Consultant as an independent contractor.  Consultant is a natural person.  Consultant’s engagement does not involve the promotion or marketing of the Company’s securities (including its common stock), nor does it involve raising money for the Company.

9.

Attorney's Fees.  Should either Party hereto, or any heir, personal representative, successor or assign of either Party hereto, resort to litigation to enforce this Agreement, the Party or Parties prevailing in such litigation shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be granted, to recover its or their reasonable attorneys' fees and costs in such litigation from the Party or Parties against whom enforcement was sought, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 19.

10.

Entire Agreement.  This Agreement contains the entire understanding and agreement between the Parties hereto with respect to its subject matter and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, representations or warranties between them respecting the subject matter hereof.

11.

Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended only by a writing signed by Consultant and by a representative of the Company duly authorized.

3

12.

Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement, as applied to either Party or to any circumstances, shall be adjudged by a court to be void or unenforceable, the same shall be deemed stricken from this Agreement and shall in no way affect any other provision of this Agreement or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. In the event any such provision (the “Applicable Provision”) is so adjudged void or unenforceable, Consultant and the Company shall take the following actions in the following order: (i) seek judicial reformation of the Applicable Provision; (ii) negotiate in good faith with each other to replace the Applicable Provision with a lawful provision; and (iii) have an arbitration as provided in Paragraph 19 hereof determine a lawful replacement provision for the Applicable Provision; provided, however, that no such action pursuant to either of clauses (i) or (iii) above shall increase in any respect Consultant’s obligations pursuant to the Applicable Provision.

13.

Rights Cumulative.  The rights and remedies provided by this Agreement are cumulative, and the exercise of any right or remedy by either Party hereto (or by its successors), whether pursuant to this Agreement, to any other agreement, or to law, shall not preclude or waive its right to exercise any or all other rights and remedies.

14.

Nonwaiver.  No failure or neglect of either Party hereto in any instance to exercise any right, power or privilege hereunder or under law shall constitute a waiver of any other right, power or privilege or of the same right, power or privilege in any other instance.  All waivers by either Party hereto must be contained in a written instrument signed by the Party to be charged and, in the case of the Company, by an executive officer of the Company or other person duly authorized by the Company.  

15.

No Mitigation.  In the event this Agreement is terminated for any reason prior to its expiration, Consultant shall not be required to mitigate damages hereunder, nor shall the Company be entitled to offset from any sums owing to Consultant under the terms of this Agreement.  

16.

No Implied Contract.  The Parties intend to be bound only upon execution of this Agreement and no negotiation, exchange or draft or partial performance shall be deemed to imply an agreement. Neither the continuation of Services by Consultant nor any other conduct shall be deemed to imply a continuing agreement upon the expiration of this Agreement.  

17.

Survival of Terms.  Consultant’s obligations under Paragraphs 5, 6, 7 and 20 hereof shall remain in full force and effect for the entire period provided therein notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement or otherwise.  

18.

Execution of the Agreement.  The Company and the party executing this Agreement on behalf of the Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and carry out the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as well as all transactions contemplated hereunder. All corporate proceedings have been taken and all corporate authorizations and approvals have been secured which are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with the respective terms.  Upon delivery of this Agreement to Consultant, this Agreement, and the other agreements referred to herein, will constitute the valid and binding obligations of the Company, and will be enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

4

19.

Arbitration of Disputes.  Any controversy or claim by Consultant against the Company or any of its parent companies, subsidiaries, affiliates (and/or officers, directors, employees, representatives or agents of the Company and such parent companies, subsidiaries and/or affiliates), including any controversy or claim arising from, out of or relating to this Agreement, the breach thereof, or the Services or termination thereof of Consultant by the Company which would give rise to a claim under federal, state or local law (including, but not limited to, claims based in tort or contract, claims for discrimination under state or federal law, and/or claims for violation of any federal, state or local law, statute or regulation), or any claim against Consultant by the Company (individually and/or collectively, “Claim[s]”) shall be submitted to an impartial mediator (“Mediator”) selected jointly by the Parties. Both Parties shall attend a mediation conference in Delaware and attempt to resolve any and all Claims. If the Parties are not able to resolve all Claims, then upon written demand for arbitration to the other Party, which demand shall be made within a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen, any unresolved Claims shall be determined by final and binding arbitration in Delaware, in accordance with the provisions of the American Arbitration Association (collectively, “Rules”) by a neutral arbitrator experienced in employment law, licensed to practice law in Delaware. In no event shall the demand for arbitration be made after the date when the institution of legal and/or equitable proceedings based upon such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. Each Party to the arbitration will be entitled to be represented by counsel and will have the opportunity to take depositions in Delaware, of any opposing Party or witnesses selected by such Party and/or request production of documents by the opposing Party before the arbitration hearing. By mutual agreement of the Parties, additional depositions may be taken at other locations. In addition, upon a Party's showing of need for additional discovery, the arbitrator shall have discretion to order such additional discovery. Consultant acknowledges and agrees that Consultant is familiar with and fully understands the need for preserving the confidentiality of the Company's agreements with third parties and compensation of the Company's employees. Accordingly, Consultant hereby agrees that to the extent the arbitrator determines that documents, correspondence or other writings (or portions thereof) whether internal or from any third party, relating in any way to Consultant’s agreements with third parties and/or compensation of other employees are necessary to the determination of any Claim, Consultant and/or Consultant’s representatives may discover and examine such documents, correspondence or other writings only after execution of an appropriate confidentiality agreement. Each Party shall have the right to subpoena witnesses and documents for the arbitration hearing. A court reporter shall record all arbitration proceedings. With respect to any Claim brought to arbitration hereunder, either Party may be entitled to recover whatever damages would otherwise be available to that Party in any legal proceeding based upon the federal and/or state law applicable to the matter. The arbitrator shall issue a written decision setting forth the award and the findings and/or conclusions upon which such award is based. The decision of the arbitrator may be entered and enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction by either the Company or Consultant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the result of any such arbitration shall be binding but shall not be made public (including by filing a petition to confirm the arbitration award), unless necessary to confirm such arbitration award after non-payment of the award for a period of at least fifteen (15) days after notice to the Company of the arbitrator's decision. Each Party shall pay the fees of their respective attorneys (except as otherwise awarded by the arbitrator), the expenses of their witnesses, and all other expenses connected with presenting their Claims or defense(s). Other costs of arbitration shall be borne by the Company. Except as set forth herein, should the Consultant or Company pursue any Claim covered by this Paragraph 19 by any method other than said arbitration, the responding Party shall be entitled to recover from the other Party all damages, costs, expenses, and reasonable outside attorneys' fees incurred as a result of such action. The provisions contained in this Paragraph 19 shall survive the termination of the Consultant’s Services to the Company. Notwithstanding anything set forth above, Consultant agrees that any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement may result in irreparable injury to the Company, and therefore, in addition to the procedures set forth above, the Company may be entitled to file suit in a court of competent jurisdiction to seek a Temporary Restraining Order and/or preliminary or permanent injunction or other equitable relief to prevent a breach or contemplated breach of such provisions.

20.

Confidentiality.  

(a)

For purposes of this Agreement, “Protected Information” subject to the provisions of Paragraph 20(b) means: (a) all work product; and (b) all trade secrets or other confidential or proprietary information owned, developed or possessed by the Company or any of its affiliates, whether in tangible or intangible form, pertaining to the business of the Company or any of its affiliates, including, without limitation, research and development operations, systems, databases, computer programs and software, designs, models, operating procedures, knowledge of the organization, products (including process, costs, sales or content), processes, techniques, machinery, contracts, financial information or prospective customers, identities or individual contacts of business entities which are customers or prospective customers, preferences, business or habits and business relationships, whether developed prior to the date of this Agreement or hereafter, and made known to Consultant, whether or not developed, devised or otherwise created in whole or in part by Consultant's efforts, by reason of Consultant's engagement by the Company.

(b)

Notwithstanding Paragraph 20(a), Protected Information will not include information which: (a) at or prior to the time of disclosure by the Company to Consultant was already known to the Consultant (as evidenced in writing), except to the extent unlawfully appropriated; (b) at or after the time of disclosure by the Company to Consultant becomes generally available to the public other than through any act or omission on the Consultant's part; or (c) the Consultant receives from a third party free to make such disclosure without breach of any legal obligation.

5

(c)

No Unauthorized Use or Disclosure of Protected Information.

(i)

During and after the Term, up through and including two (2) years thereafter, Consultant agrees that he will maintain the Protected Information in strict confidence, and shall use the Protected Information only for the purposes set forth in this Agreement.

(ii)

During and after the Term, up through and including two (2) years thereafter, Consultant agrees that he will not: (i) use or disclose any Protected Information in contravention of the Company's policies or procedures made known to Consultant; (ii) use or disclose any Protected Information in contravention of any lawful instruction or directive, either written or oral, of any Company employee; (iii) use or disclose any Protected Information in contravention of any duty existing under law or contract; (iv) use or disclose any Protected Information knowingly to the detriment of the Company; (v) use or disclose any Protected Information to any third party without the express written consent of the  Company; (vi) use or disclose any Protected Information for a purpose other than for which Consultant is authorized under this Agreement; or (vii) otherwise take any action inconsistent with the Company's measures to protect its interests in the Protected Information, or any action which would constitute or facilitate the unauthorized use or disclosure of Protected Information.

(d)

Promptly upon the termination of this Agreement, for any reason, or any time at the request of the Company, Consultant will deliver to the Company all property or materials within Consultant's possession or control which belong to the Company or its affiliates or which contain or are based upon Protected Information (including notes, presentations, reports, charts, spreadsheets and other documents which contain or reflect Protected Information).

(e)

If Consultant is required to disclose any Protected Information pursuant to any applicable statute, regulation, order, subpoena or document discovery request, Consultant may do so, provided that prior written notice of such disclosure is furnished to the Company as soon as practicable in order to afford the Company an opportunity to seek a protective order.

21.

Business Expenses.  Consultant shall be reimbursed for all reasonable business expenses for travel and entertainment, provided Consultant obtains the prior written consent of the Company and accounts for and substantiates all such expenses in accordance with the Company’s policies and guidelines.

22.

Non-Disclosure.  Except as may be required by law, neither the Consultant nor the Company shall disclose the financial terms of this Agreement to persons not involved in the operation of the Company, and the Parties shall disclose the financial terms of the Agreement to those involved in the operation of the Company only as needed to implement the terms of the Agreement or carry out the operations of the Company. The above notwithstanding, the financial terms of the Agreement may be disclosed to: (i) either Party’s accountants, financial or tax advisors, and any potential investors in the Company, provided such persons agree not to disclose such terms of the Agreement further; and (ii) members of Consultant’s immediate family, provided such family members agree not to reveal the terms of the Agreement further. 

23.

Successors and Assigns.  Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and permitted assigns. The rights and obligations of Consultant under this Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of Consultant.

24.

Agreement to Perform Necessary Acts.  The Consultant and the Company agree to perform any further acts and execute and deliver any documents that may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Agreement.

25.

Assignment.  Consultant may not assign this Agreement without the Company's prior written consent.  This Agreement may be assigned by the Company in connection with a merger, corporate reorganization or sale of all or substantially all of its assets, and in other instances with the Consultant's consent which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, subject to the termination provisions in Paragraph 3 above. Compensation under this Agreement is assignable at the discretion of the Consultant.

26.

Independent Contractor.  The relationship between Consultant and the Company is that of independent contractor under a “work for hire” arrangement.  All work product developed by Consultant shall be deemed owned and assigned to the Company.  This Agreement is not authority for Consultant to act for the Company as its agent or make commitments for the Company.  Consultant retains the discretion in performing the tasks assigned, within the scope of work specified.

27.

Taxes.  Consultant agrees to pay all taxes that may be imposed upon Consultant with respect to the fees paid to Consultant hereunder.

6

28.

Notices: 

Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed or otherwise delivered in person or by facsimile transmission at the address of such Party set forth above or to such other address or facsimile telephone number as the Party shall have furnished in writing to the other Party.

29.

Governing Law.  This Agreement and all matters or issues collateral thereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts entered into and performed entirely therein.

30.

Facsimile Certification.  A facsimile copy of this Agreement signed by any and/or all Parties shall have the same binding and legal effect as an original of the same.

31.

Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one in the same instrument.  Regardless of whether this Agreement is executed in one or more counterparts, each such counterpart may be executed by actual or facsimile signature(s).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties as of the date first above written.

DIGAGOGO VENTURES CORP.

/s/ Fernando Londe                  

By:  Fernando Londe

Its:  Chief Executive Officer

CONSULTANT

/s/ Krista Wagner                       

By:  Krista Wagner 

7kentinternation8kaexh102.htm

Exhibit 10.2

 

 

	
STANDARD FORM 2

	  
	
FEBRUARY 1965

 EDITION

	
U. S. GOVERNMENT

LEASE FOR REAL PROPERTY

	
GENERAL SERVICES

	  
	
ADMINISTRATION

	  
	
FPR (41 CFR) 1-16.601

	  

 

	
DATE OF LEASE  January 9, 2006

	
LEASE NO. GS-07B-16023

 

THIS LEASE, made and entered into this date by and between:

 

4211 Cedar Springs Partner, Ltd.

P. O. Box 191508

Dallas, TX 75219-1508

 

and whose interest in the property hereinafter described is that of Owner, hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the Government:

 

WITNESSETH: The parties hereto for the consideration hereinafter mentioned, covenant and agree as follows:

 

	The Lessor hereby leases to the Government the following described premises: 39,329 ANSI/BOMA rentable square feet, consisting of 34,691 ANSI/BOMA office area square feet of office space at the building located at 4211 Cedar Springs, Dallas, Texas, 75219-2698, together with eighty-nine (89) reserved, structure parking spaces and thirty-six (36) surface parking spaces as described in the attached Legal Description (Exhibit A)and the floor plan (Exhibit B), to be used for such purposes as may be determined by the General Services Administration.
	 	 
	TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the said premises with their appurtenances for the term beginning on the date the space is accepted for occupancy by the Government and continuing for fifteen years, ten years firm. Supplemental Lease Agreement will establish the commencement date of the term for beneficial occupancy.
	 	 
	The Government shalt pay the Lessor annual rent of:
	 	 
	
Year 1 - 10

	
$746,464.42 ($18.98 per rentable square feet) per annum at the rate of $62,205.37 per month in arrears. Annual rent includes $1,169,433.61 of tenant improvement costs amortized over ten years at 1.0%.

	 	 
	
Year 11 - 15

	
$623,364.65 ($15.85 per rentable square feet) per annum at the rate of $51,947.05 per month in arrears.

 

Rent for a Lesser period shall be prorated. Supplemental Lease Agreement will establish actual rent for beneficial occupancy. Rent checks shall be made payable to:

 

4211 Cedar Springs Partner, Ltd.

P. O. Box 191508

Dallas, TX 75219-1508

 

Rent shall be payable in arrears and will be due on the first workday of each month. When the date for commencement of the lease falls after the 10th day of the month, the initial rental payment shall be due on the first workday of the second month following the commencement date. Electronic Fund Transfer shall pay rent.

 

Transfer shall pay rent.

 

	
The Lessor hereby waives and forever relinquishes any right to make a claim against the Government for waste, damages or restoration arising from or related to any alteration or removal of any alteration by the Government during the term of this lease or any extensions. Alterations may be completed by either the Government and/or the Lessor including initial build out of the leased space and/or any subsequent modifications required during the lease period. At the Government’s sole discretion, property remaining in leased space after termination of the lease contract will become the property of the Lessor.

	 
	
The Government may terminate this lease, in whole or part, after ten (10) years, by giving at least 90 days notice in writing to the Lessor. No rental shall accrue after the effective date of termination. Said notice shall be computed commencing with the day after the date of mailing. A Supplemental Lease Agreement upon delivery of the space and the Governments acceptance will establish the actual dates for beneficial occupancy.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto subscribed their names as of the date first above written

 

	 	 	 	 
	 
LESSOR

	 	  	  
	 	  	  	  
	 
BY

	 	
        /S/

	
Vice President and General Partner

	 	  	
 (Signature)

	
                    (Title)

	 	 	 
	 
IN PRESENCE OF:

	
        /S/

	  
	 	
          (Signature)

	  	  
	 	 	 	 
	 	  	
        /S/

	
2637 Rothland Place, Plano Texas  75023

	 	  	
(Signature)

	
                   (Address)

	 	 	 	 
	 	  	  	  
	 
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

	
GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION

	  
	 	 	 	 
	 
BY

	 	
         /S/

	
     Contracting Officer

	 	
 

	
(Signature)

	
                  (Title)

 

  

 

  

 

SHEET NO. 1 ATTACHED HERETO AND MADE A PART OF LEASE NO. GS-07B-

 

	
6.

	
The Lessor shall furnish to the Government, as part of the rental consideration, the following:

	 	 
	  	
(a)

	
All labor, material, equipment, design, professional fees, permit fees, inspection fees, utilities, construction drawings (including and without limitation to, plans and specifications), construction costs and services, City of Dallas planning requirements, and all other similar costs and expenses associated with making the space ready for occupancy in accordance with requirements of this lease and the Government’s space layout drawings.

	 	 	 
	  	
(b)

	
Space shall be built and ready for occupancy in accordance with the specifications in the Solicitation For Offers Number 4TX0510 and other requirements of this lease

	 	 	 
	  	
(c)

	
All parking spaces described in paragraph I and required by law together will all appurtenant improvement and facilities.

	 	 	 
	
7.

	
The following are attached and made a part hereof:

	 	 
	  	
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS (SFO) No. 4TX0510

	  	
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

	  	
LEGAL DESCRIPTION, EXHIBIT “A”

	  	
GENERAL CLAUSES GSA FORM 3517

	  	
REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS GSA FORM 3518

	  	
FLOOR PLAN, EXHIBIT “B”

	 	 
	
8.

	
Pursuant to Paragraph 3.2, Real Estate Tax Adjustment Clause, the Government’s percentage of occupancy is established at 100% of the building. The base year for tax increase/decrease calculation is established as tax year 2005.

	 	 
	
9.

	
Pursuant to Paragraph 3.7, of the Solicitation for Offers, the base operating cost adjustment is established at $4.76 per rentable square foot. Beginning with the second year of the lease and each year thereafter, the Government shall pay adjusted rent for changes in operating costs, based on the percent change in the Cost of Living Index

	 	 
	
10.

	
Pursuant to Paragraph 7.3, Overtime Usage of the Solicitation for Offers, the cost is established at $50.00 per hour for the entire building and $25.00 per hour, per floor.

	 	 
	
11.

	
Pursuant to Paragraph 3.14, Adjustment for Vacant Premises, of the Solicitation for Offer, the cost reduction per rentable square foot for vacant premises is established at $2.00 per rentable square foot for the entire building and $.57 per rentable square foot for a portion of the building.

	 	 
	
12.

	
The common area factor (CAF) based on 39,329 rentable square feet yielding 34,691 ANSI/BOMA office Area is established as 1.13369.

	 	 
	
13.

	
The tenant buildout will conform to the specifications in SFO4TX0510 Special Requirements and are to be provided by the Lessor as part of the total rental payment. Lessor will contribute up to $1,169,433.61 (The “Construction Allowance”) towards the cost of construction or installing tenant improvements in the Premises at no additional cost to the Government. If construction costs exceed the Construction Allowance, then the Government reserves the right to (1) reduce the Tenant Improvement requirements, (2) pay lump sum for the overage upon completion and acceptance of the improvements, or (3) increase the rent according to the negotiated amortization rate over the firm term of the
lease. If the Government does not use the entire Construction Allowance, Lessor will amortize the unused portion over the initial Term at 1.0%, in the same manner as a loan having equal monthly payments of principal and interest, and Lessor will reduce the rent by such monthly amortized payments”.

	 	 
	
14.

	
Costs incurred to comply with handicap accessibility requirements within the Government-demised area in the building including the Agency Special Requirement alterations shall be paid for with Tenant Improvement Allowance funds.

	 	 
	
15.

	
All questions pertaining to this lease shall be referred to the Contracting Officer of General Services Administration (GSA) or their designee. The Government occupant is NOT authorized to administer this lease, and GSA assumes no responsibility for any cost incurred by the Lessor except as provided by the term of this lease or authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer or their designee.

	 	 
	
16.

	
This lease upon execution contains the entire agreement of the parties and no prior written or oral agreement, expressed or implied, shall be admissible to contradict the provisions of this, lease.

	 	 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
Exhibit A

	
GP-Number O1R04761

 

BEING a tract of land out of the J.H. Sylvester Survey, Abstract No. 1383, and being all of Lot 1A, Block 911616 of the Headwaters Addition, an addition to the City of Dallas; Texas as recorded in volume 82206: Page 1148 of the Map. Records Dallas County, Texas, said tract being more particularly described as follows:

 

BEGINNING at a 1/2” iron rod found for corner in the southerly right-of-way line. of Wycliff-Douglas Connection (32 feet from its centerline) at its intersection with the southwesterly right-of -way line of Cedar Springs Road (32 feet from its centerline);

 

THENCE S 47 degrees 49 minutes E, along, the above said southwesterly line of Cedar Springs Road, 185.46 feet to a 1/2” iron rod found at the beginning of a cut-off with Douglas Street;

 

THENCE S 1 degrees 28 minutes 41 seconds E, along they above said cut-off line, 9.66 feet to a 1/2” iron rod found for corner in. the northwesterly right-of’ way line of Douglas Street (21 feet from its centerline);

 

THENCE S 44 degrees 51 minutes 40 seconds W, along the above said northwesterly line of Douglas Street, 136.00 feet to a.1/2” iron rod found for a corner in the northeasterly right-of-way line of a 15 foot alley;

 

THENCE N 47 degrees 49 minutes W, along the above said northeasterly line of a 15 foot alley, 322.00 feet to a 1/2” iron rod found for corner;

 

THENCE N 44 degrees 51 minutes 40 seconds E, 12.25 feet to a 1/2” iron rod set for a corner. in the above referenced Wycliff-Douglas Connection;

 

THENCE S 83’ degrees ‘41 minutes 29 seconds E, along the above said Wycliff--Douglas Connection, 11.50. feet to a 1/2” iron rod for the beginning of a curve to the left having a radius of 601.57 feet;

 

THENCE Southwesterly to Northeasterly, continuing along the above said southerly line of Wycliff-Douglas Connection and with the above said circular curve to the left thru a central angle of 16 degrees 54 minutes 43 seconds, an arc distance of 177.56 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING -and containing 36.58.9 square feet or 0.8400 acres of land.

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS

 

THE GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION

 

FOR

 

Federal Bureau of Prisons

 

IN

 

Dallas, TX•

 

 

FINAL

 

	NAME: 	 Sherrie Johnson
	 	 
	TITLE:	 Contracting Officer
	 	 
	Name: 	 Cynthia Schneider
	 	 
	Title: 	 Title: Realty Specialist

 

 

The information collection . requirements contained in this Solicitation/Contract, that are not required by the regulation have, been approved by the Office of Management and Budget pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act and assigned the OMB Control No. 3090-0163.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	 	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	
1

	
SUMMARY

	
8

	
1.1

	
AMOUNT AND TYPE OF SPACE (SEP 2000)

	
8

	
1.2

	
AREA OF CONSIDERATION Dallas, TX

	
9

	
1.3

	
LOCATION: OUTSIDE CITY CENTER (SEP 2000)

	
9

	
1.4

	
LEASE TERM (SEP 2000)

	
9

	
1.5

	
OFFER DUE DATE

	
9

	
1.6

	
OCCUPANCY DATE (SEP 2000)

	
9

	
1.7

	
HOW TO OFFER (SEP 2000)

	
10

	
1.8

	
BUILDING SHELL REQUIREMENTS (SEP 2000)

	
13

	
1.9

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENTS (SEP 2000).

	
15

	
1.10

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENT RENTAL ADJUSTMENT (SEP 2000)

	
15

	
1.11

	
PLANS WITH OFFER (SEP 2000)

	
16

	
1.12

	
NEGOTIATIONS (SEP 2000)

	
17

	
1.13

	
PRICE EVALUATION (PRESENT VALUE) (SEP 2000)

	
17

	
1.14

	
AWARD (JAN 1997)

	
18

	
1.15

	
LABOR STANDARDS (SEP 2000)

	
19

	 	 	 
	
2

	
AWARD FACTORS

	
20

	
2.1

	
ACCESSIBILITY AND SEISMIC SAFETY (SEP 2000) I

	
20

	
2.2

	
AWARD BASED ON PRICE (SEP 2000)

	
25

	 	 	 
	
3

	
MISCELLANEOUS

	  
	
3.1

	
SUBSEQUENT TENANT IMPROVEMENTS $100,000 OR LESS (SEP 2000) ,

	
25

	
3.2

	
TAX ADJUSTMENT (SEP 2000)

	
26

	
3.3

	
PERCENTAGE OF OCCUPANCY

	
29

	
3.4

	
OPERATING COSTS (SEP 2000)

	
29

	
3.5

	
OPERATING COSTS BASE (SEP 2000)

	
30

	
3.6

	
RENTABLE SPACE (SEP 2000)

	
30

	
3.7

	
ANSI/BOMA OFFICE AREA SQUARE FEET (SEP 2000)

	
30

	
3.8

	
COMMON AREA FACTOR (SEP 2000)

	
30

	
3.9

	
APPURTENANT AREAS

	
30

	
3.10

	
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES, GSAR 552.270-22 (AUG 1992)

	
30

	
3.11

	
VENDING FACILITIES (SEP 2000)

	
31

	
3.12

	
ADJUSTMENT FOR VACANT PREMISES, GSAR 552.270:16 (VARIATION) (SEP 1999)

	
31

	
3.13

	
RELOCATION ASSISTANCE ACT :

	
31

	
3.14

	
EVIDENCE OF CAPABILITY TO PERFORM (SEP 2000)

	
32

	
3.15

	
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

	
32

	
3.16

	
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS (SEP 2000)

	
33

	
3.17

	
PROGRESS REPORTS (SEP 2000)

	
37

	
3.18

	
CONSTRUCTION INSPECTIONS

	
37

 

  

  

  

 

	
4

	
GENERAL ARCHITECTURE

	
38

	
4.1

	
QUALITY AND APPEARANCE OF BUILDING EXTERIOR (SEP 2000)

	
38

	
4.2

	
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT (SEP 2000)

	
38

	
4.3

	
EXISTING FIT-OUT, SALVAGED, OR RE-USED BUILDING MATERIAL (SEP 2000)

	
39

	
4.4

	
INDOOR AIR QUALITY DURING CONSTRUCTION (SEP 2000)

	
40

	
4.5

	
WORK PERFORMANCE (SEP 2000)

	
41

	
4.6

	
BUILDING SYSTEMS (JAN 1997)

	
41

	
4.7

	
SPACE EFFICIENCY (SEP 2000)

	
41

	
4.8

	
FLOOR PLANS AFTER OCCUPANCY

	
41

	
4.9

	
CAD AS-BUILT FLOOR PLANS (SEP 2000)

	
41

	
4.10

	
FLOORS AND FLOOR LOAD (SEP 2000)

	
41

	
4.11

	
EXITS AND ACCESS (SEP 1991)

	
42

	
4.12

	
WINDOWS (SEP 2000)

	
42

	
4.13

	
ACCESSIBILITY (SEP 2000)

	
42

	
4.14

	
LANDSCAPING (SEP 2000)

	
42

	 	 	 
	
5

	
ARCHITECTURAl FINISHES

	
43

	
5.1

	
RECYCLED CONTENT PRODUCTS (COMPREHENSIVE PROCUREMENT GUIDELINES) (SEP 2000)

	
43

	
5.2

	
ENVIRONMENTALLY PREFERABLE BUILDING PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS (SEP 2000)

	
43

	
5.3

	
LAYOUT AND FINISHES

	
44

	
5.4

	
LAYOUT, FINISHES, AND COLORBOARDS (SEP 2000)

	
44

	
5.5

	
WOOD PRODUCTS (SEP 2000)

	
44

	
5.6

	
ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS (SEP 2000)

	
45

	
5.7

	
INSULATION: THERMAL, ACOUSTIC, AND HVAC (SEP 2000)

	
45

	
5.8

	
CEILINGS (SEP 2000)

	
45

	
5.9

	
WALL COVERINGS (SEP 2000)

	
46

	
5.10

	
PAINTING (SEP 2000)

	
47

	
5.11

	
DOORS: EXTERIOR (SEP 2000)

	
48

	
5.12

	
DOORS: SUITE ENTRY (SEP 2000)

	
48

	
5.13

	
DOORS: INTERIOR (SEP 2000)

	
49

	
5.14

	
DOORS: HARDWARE (SEP 2000)

	
49

	
5.15

	
DOORS: IDENTIFICATION (SEP 2000)

	
49

	
5.16

	
PARTITIONS: GENERAL (SEP 2000)

	
50

	
5.17

	
PARTITIONS: PERMANENT (SEP 2000)

	
50

	
5.18

	
PARTITIONS: SUBDIVIDING (SEP 2000)

	
50

	
5.19

	
FLOOR COVERING AND PERIMETERS (SEP 2000)

	
51

	
5.20

	
CARPET TILE (SEP 2000)

	
52

	
5.21

	
ACOUSTICAL REQUIREMENTS (SEP 2000)

	
53

	
5.22

	
WINDOW COVERINGS (SEP 2000)

	
54

	
5.23

	
BUILDING DIRECTORY (SEP 2000)

	
55

	 	 	 
	
6

	
MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING

	
55

	
6.1

	
MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING: GENERAL (SEP 2000)

	
55

 

  

  

  

 

	
6.2

	
ENERGY COST SAVINGS (SEP 2000)

	
55

	
6.3

	
DRINKING FOUNTAINS (SEP 2000)

	
56

	
6.4

	
TOILET ROOMS (SEP 2000)

	
56

	
6.5

	
JANITOR CLOSETS (SEP 2000)

	
57

	
6.6

	
HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (SEP 2000)

	
57

	
6.7

	
VENTILATION (SEP 2000)

	
59

	
6.8

	
VENTILATION: TOILET ROOMS (DEC 1993)

	
59

	
6.9

	
ELECTRICAL: GENERAL (SEP 2000)

	
59

	
6.10

	
ELECTRICAL: DISTRIBUTION (SEP 2000)

	
59

	
6.11

	
TELECOMMUNICATIONS: DISTRIBUTION AND EQUIPMENT (SEP 2000):

	
60

	
6.12

	
TELECOMMUNICATIONS: LOCAL EXCHANGE ACCESS (SEP 2000)

	
61

	
6.13

	
DATA DISTRIBUTION (SEP 2000)

	
62

	
6.14

	
ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE,. DATA FOR SYSTEMS FURNITURE (SEP 2000)

	
62

	
6.15

	
ELEVATORS (SEP 2000)

	
63

	
6.16

	
LIGHTING: INTERIOR AND PARKING (SEP 2000)

	
64

	 	 	 
	
7

	
SERVICES, UTILITIES, MAINTENANCE

	
66

	
7.1

	
SERVICES, UTILITIES, MAINTENANCE: GENERAL

	
66

	
7.2

	
NORMAL HOURS

	
66

	
7.3

	
OVERTIME USAGE (SEP 2000)

	
66

	
7.4

	
UTILITIES

	
66

	
7.5

	
JANITORIAL SERVICES (SEP 2000)

	
66

	
7.6

	
SCHEDULE OF PERIODIC SERVICES

	
68

	
7.7

	
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE

	
69

	
7.8

	
SECURITY (SEP 2000)

	
69

	
7.9

	
SECURITY:  ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

	
69

	
7.10

	
MAINTENANCE AND TESTING OF SYSTEMS (SEP 2000)

	
70

	 	 	 
	
8

	
SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

	
70

	
8.1

	
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY (MAY 2005)

	
70

	
8.2

	
FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY (MAY 2005)

	
70

	
8.3

	
FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY (MAY 2005)AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM (MAY 2005)

	
71

	
8.4

	
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (MAY 2005)

	
71

	
8.5

	
OSHA REQUIREMENTS (SEP 2000)

	
72

	
8.6

	
ASBESTOS (SEP 2000)

	
72

	
8.7

	
INDOOR AIR QUALITY (SEP 2000)

	
72

	
8.8

	
RADON IN AIR (SEP 2000)

	
73

	
8.9

	
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS (OCT 1996)

	
73

	
8.10

	
RECYCLING (SEP 2000)

	
73

	 	 	 
	
9

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

	
73

	
9.1

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENTS PRIOR TO THE GOVERNMENTS INITIAL ACCEPTANCE OF SPACE (SEP 2000)

	
73

 

  

 

  

 

	
1.0

	
SUMMARY

 

	
1.1

	
AMOUNT AND TYPE OF SPACE (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
The General Services Administration (GSA) is interested in leasing approximately 39,329 rentable square feet of space. The rentable space shall yield a minimum of 34.691 ANSI/BOMA Office Area I(previously Usable) square feet to a maximum of 36,425 ANSI/BOMA Office Area square feet, available for use by tenant for personnel, furnishings and equipment, along with eighty-nine inside, reserved parking spaces, and 36 reserved parking spaces.  “ANSI/BOMA Office Area must be contiguous and located on a maximum of three floors. Refer to the “ANSI/BOMA Office Area Square Feet” paragraph in the MISCELLANEOUS section of this Solicitation for Offers (SFO).

 

	
  

	
B.

	
The Offer shall 1) be for space located in a quality building of sound and substantial construction as described in this SFO, 2) have a potential for efficient layout, 3) be within the square footage range to be considered, and 4) be in compliance with all of the Government’s minimum requirements set forth herein. For purposes of this SFO, the definition of ANSI/BOMA Office Area square feet is in the “ANSI/BOMA Office Area Square Feet” paragraph in the MISCELLANEOUS section of this SFO.

 

	
  

	
C.

	
To demonstrate potential for efficient layout, the Offeror may be requested to provide a test fit layout at the Offeror’s expense when the space offered contains certain features like:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
narrow column spacing;

 

	
  

	
2.

	
atriums, light wells, or other areas interrupting contiguous spaces;

 

	
  

	
3.

	
extremely long, narrow runs of space;

 

	
  

	
4.

	
irregular space configurations; or

 

	
  

	
5.

	
other unusual building features.

 

	
  

	
6.

	
The Government will advise the Offeror if the test fit layout demonstrates that the Government’s requirement cannot be accommodated within the space offered. The Offeror will have the option of increasing the ANSI/BOMA Office Area square footage offered, provided that it does not exceed the maximum ANSI/BOMA Office Area square footage in this SFO.  If the Offeror is already providing the maximum ANSI/BOMA Office Area square footage and cannot house the Government’s space requirements, then the Government will advise the Offeror that the offer is unacceptable.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	8	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

D.           Unless otherwise noted, all references in this SFO to square feet shall mean ANSI/BOMA Office Area square feet.

 

	
1.2

	
AREA OF CONSIDERATION

 

	
  

	
Dallas, TX

 

North - Mockingbird Lane

South - 1-30

East   - Stemmons

West  - Central Expressway

 

	
1.3

	
LOCATION: OUTSIDE CITY CENTER (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
NEIGHBORHOOD:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Space shall be located 1) in an office, research, technology, or business park that is modern in design with a campus-like atmosphere or 2) on an attractively-landscaped site containing one or more modern office buildings that are professional and prestigious in appearance with the surrounding development well-maintained and in consonance with a professional image.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
PARKING:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
The parking-to-square-foot ratio available on-site shall at least meet current local code requirements, or in the absence of a local code requirement, on-site parking shall be available at a ratio of 1 space for every 1,000 rentable square feet of Government-demised area.

 

	
  

	
C.

	
LOCATION AMENITIES:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Adequate eating facilities shall be located within two blocks.  Other employee services such as retail shops, cleaners, banks, etc., shall be located within three blocks.

 

	
1.4

	
LEASE TERM (SEP 2000)

 

The lease term is for 15 years GSA may terminate this lease after 10 years on 90 days written notice to the Lessor.  All the terms and conditions contained herein shall prevail throughout the term of the lease.

 

	
1.5

	
OFFER DUE DATE

 

Offers are due by August 29, 2005 and shall remain open until award of the lease.

 

	
1.6

	
OCCUPANCY DATE (SEP 2000)

 

Occupancy is required April 15, 2006.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	9	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
1.7

	
HOW TO OFFER (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
Offers shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer at:

 

Dallas Service Center

1100 Commerce Street, Room 720

Dallas, TX 75242

 

	
  

	
B.

	
The following documents, properly executed, shall be submitted no later than the close of business on the offer due date.

 

	
  

	
1.

	
SFO.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
SFO Attachments:

 

	
  

	
a.

	
Attachment #1 - Rate Structure

 

	
  

	
3.

	
GSA Form 1364, Proposal to Lease Space.

 

	
  

	
4.

	
GSA Form 1217, Lessor’s Annual Cost Statement

 

	
  

	
5.

	
GSA Form 3517, General Clauses.

 

	
  

	
6.

	
GSA Form 3518, Representatives and Certifications.

 

	
  

	
7.

	
First generation blue-line plans of the space offered, scaled” at 1/8” = 1’-01 (preferred) or larger.

 

	
  

	
a.

	
Photostatic copies are not acceptable. All architectural features of the space shall be accurately shown. If conversion or renovation of the building is planned, alterations to meet this SFO shall be indicated. If requested. more informative plans shall be provided within 5 days.

 

	
  

	
b.

	
Plans shall reflect corridors in place or the proposed corridor pattern for both a typical full (single-tenant) floor and/or partial (multi-tenant) floor.  The corridors in- place or proposed, corridors shall meet local code requirements for issuance of occupancy permits.

 

	
  

	
c.

	
GSA will review the corridors in place and/or proposed corridor pattern to make sure that these achieve an acceptable level of safety as well as to ensure that these corridors provide public access to all essential building elements. The Offeror will be advised of any adjustments that are required to the corridors for the purpose of determining the ANSI/BOMA Office Area space. The required corridors mayor may not be defined by ceiling-high partitions. Actual corridors in the approved layout for the successful Offeror’s space may differ from the corridors used in determining the ANSI/BOMA Office Area square footage for the lease award.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	10	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
8.

	
An hourly overtime rate for overtime use of heating and cooling. Refer to the “Overtime Usage” paragraph in the SERVICES, UTILITIES, MAINTENANCE section of this SFO. If proposed rate is different than recommended by an independent Government estimate, the Offeror may be required to submit worksheets justifying overtime energy usage and rates.

 

	
  

	
9.

	
Copy of Warranty Deed.

 

	
  

	
10.

	
Site plan indicating location of parking, if applicable.

 

	
  

	
11.

	
Copy of prior year tax statement.

 

	
  

	
12.

	
Any other information (such as a fact sheet, 5” wide x 3” high or larger color photograph, site plan, location map, and tax parcel map) in case of multiple tax parcels for an offered building, etc., in order for the Government to perform a complete and adequate analysis of the offered property. Such information may also be requested by the Government, and in such circumstances, shall be submitted by the Offeror within 5 working days of the request.

 

	
  

	
13.

	
Written acknowledgement and permission to represent other owners for the same SFO if a leasing agent or owner’s representative is presenting buildings for multiple ownership groups.

 

	
  

	
14.

	
If applicable, the agents’ disclosure and authorization from each ownership entity to offer in this SFO and/or represent multiple buildings with different ownerships, which may have conflicting interests. Owners and agents in conflicting interest situations are advised to exercise due diligence with regard to ethics, Independent pricing, and Government procurement integrity requirements. In such cases, the Government reserves the right to negotiate with the owner directly.

 

	
  

	
15.

	
Documents supporting evidence of capability to perform. Refer to the “Evidence of Capability to Perform” paragraph in the MISCELLANEOUS section of this SFO.

 

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	11	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
C.

	
Refer to GSA Form 3516, Solicitation Provisions, for additional instructions.  If additional information is needed, the Contracting Officer (or the Contracting Officer’s designated representative) should be contacted.

 

 

	
  

	
D.

	
There will be no public opening of offers, and all offers will be confidential until the lease has been awarded. However, the Government may release proposals outside the Government to a Government-support contractor to assist in the evaluation of offers. Such Government contractors shall be required to protect the data from Unauthorized disclosure. The Offeror who desires to maximize protection of information in the offer may apply the restriction notice to the offer as described in GSA Form 3516, Solicitation Provision, 552.270-1 (d), Restriction on Disclosure and Use of Data.

           

	
  

	
E.

	
IMPORTANT CLARIFICATIONS TO OFFER REQUIREMENTS:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Rate structure required from subparagraph B shall include the following:

 

	
  

	
a.

	
A lease rate per square foot for the building shell rental, fully serviced. It is the intent of the Government to lease a building shell with a Tenant Improvement Allowance. All improvements in the base building, lobbies, common areas, and core areas shall be provided by the Lessor, at the Lessor’s expense. This rate shall include, but not limited to, property financing (exclusive of Tenant Improvement), insurance, taxes, management, profit, etc., for the building.  The building shell rental rate shall also include all basic building systems and common area buildout, including base building lobbies, common areas, and core areas, etc., exclusive of the ANSI/BOMA Office Area space offered as required in this SFO.

 

	
  

	
b.

	
The annual cost (per usable and rentable square foot) for the cost of services and utilities. This equals line 27 of GSA  Form 1217, Lessors Annual Cost Statement, divided by the building size (shown on the top of both GSA Form 1364, Proposal to Lease Space, and Form 1217) for usable and rentable square feet respectively.

 

	
  

	
c.

	
An annualized percentage interest rate to be used by the Lessor to amortize the cost of the Tenant Improvement Allowance over the firm term of the lease.

 

	
  

	
d.

	
The annual amortized cost of the Tenant Improvement Allowance.   Such amortization shall be expressed as a cost per usable and rentable square foot per year. Tenant Improvements shall be all alterations for the Government-demised area above the building shell buildout. The Tenant Alteration Allowance shall be $33.71 per ANSI/BOMA Office-Area square foot. Such alterations shall be described and identified in the drawings used to construct the Government-demised area. The Tenant Alteration Allowance, which is to be provided by the Lessor to the Government for Tenant Improvements, shall be made available at lease execution.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	12	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
e.

	
A fully-serviced lease rate per usable and rentable square foot as a summation of the amounts broken out in the subparagraphs a, b, and d for the lease.

     

	
  

	
f.

	
A fully-serviced lease rate per usable and rentable square foot for that portion of the lease term extending beyond the firm term. The rate proposed for this portion of the term shall not reflect any-Tenant Improvements as they will have been fully amortized over the firm term.

 

	
1.8

	
BUILDING SHELL REQUIREMENTS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
The Lessor’s buildout obligations in providing a building shell (at the Lessor’s expense) shall include the following:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Base structure and building enclosure components shall be complete. All common areas accessible by the Government, such as lobbies, fire egress corridors and stairwells, elevators, garages, and services areas, shall be complete. Restrooms shall be complete and operational. All newly installed building shell components, including but not limited to, heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC), electrical, ceilings, sprinklers, etc., shall be furnished, installed, and coordinated with Tenant Improvements.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Accessibility Requirements. Accessibility to persons with disabilities shall be required throughout the common areas accessible to Government tenants in accordance with both the ADAAG and the UFAS and shall be installed and coordinated with Tenant Improvements. Refer to the “Accessibility” paragraph and the “Accessibility and Seismic Safety” paragraph in the AWARD FACTORS section of this SFO.

 

	
  

	
3.

	
Ceilings. A complete acoustical ceiling system (which includes grid add lay-in tiles) throughout the Government-demised area and all common areas accessible to Government tenants shall be required in accordance with the “Ceilings” paragraph in the ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES section of this SFO. The acoustical ceiling system shall be furnished, installed, and coordinated with Tenant Improvements.

 

	
  

	
4.

	
Doors. Exterior building doors and doors necessary to the lobbies, common areas, and core areas shall be required. This does not include suite entry or interior doors specific to Tenant Improvements. Related hardware shall be installed in accordance with the “Doors: Hardware” paragraph and the “Doors: Exterior” paragraph in the ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES section of this SFO.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	13	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
5.

	
Partitions. Permanent, perimeter, and demising slab-to-slab partitions (including all columns) finished with paint and base shall be required in accordance with the “Partitions: General” paragraph and the “Partitions:  Permanent” paragraph in the ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES section of this SFO.

 

	
  

	
6.

	
Flooring. All building common areas shall-have finished floors in accordance with the Floor Covering and Perimeters” paragraph in the ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES section of this SFO.

 

	
  

	
7.

	
Plumbing. The Offeror shall include cost of plumbing in common areas, such as for toilet rooms and janitor closets as part of the building shell cost. Hot and cold water risers and domestic was and vent risers, installed and ready for connections that are required for Tenant Improvements, shall be included in the shell rent.

 

	
  

	
8.

	
HVAC. Central HVAC systems shall be installed and operational, including, as appropriate, main and branch lines, VAV boxes, dampers, flex ducts, and diffusers, for an open office layout, including all building common areas. Conditioned air through medium pressure duct work at a rate of .75 cubic feet per minutes per ANSI/SOMA Office Area square foot shall be provided.

 

	
  

	
9.

	
Electrical. Electrical power distribution panels and circuit breakers shall be available in an electrical closet, with capacity at 277/480 volt (V) and 120/208 V, 3-phase, 4-wire system providing 7 watts (W) per ANSI/BOMA Office Area square foot.

 

	
  

	
10.

	
Lighting. Parabolic type 2’-0” wide x 2’-0” high fluorescent lighting fixtures (or other building standard fixtures) shall be installed in the ceiling grid for an open office plan at the rate of 1 fixture per 80 ANSI/BOMA Office Area square feet.  Lighting as necessary shall be provided in all building common areas in accordance  with the “Lighting:  Interior and Parking” paragraph in the MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING section of this SFO.

 

	
  

	
11.

	
Safety and Environmental Management. Complete safety and environmental  management shall be provided throughout the building in accordance with federal, state, and local codes and laws including, but not limited to, such items as fire detection and alarms, emergency building power for life safety systems, etc., and shall be in accordance with both the ADAAG and the UFAS. Where sprinklers are required in the Government-demised area, sprinkler mains and distribution piping in a “protection.” layout (open plan) with heads turned down with an escutcheon or trim plate shall be provided.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	14	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
12.

	
Telephone Rooms. Building telecommunication rooms on each floor shall be completed, operational, and ready for Tenant Improvements. The telephone closets shall include a telephone backboard.

 

	
  

	
13.

	
All of the above improvements are described in more detail hereinafter in this SFO.

          

	
1.9

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENTS (SEP 2000).

 

	
  

	
A.

	
The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be used for building out the Government demised area in accordance with the Government-approved design intent drawings. All Tenant Improvements required by the Government for occupancy shall be performed by the successful Offeror as part of the rental consideration, and all Improvements shall meet the quality standards and requirements of this SFO and GSA Form 3517, General Clauses.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall include all the Offeror’s administrative costs, general contractor fees, subcontractor’s profit and overhead costs, Offeror’s profit and overhead, design costs, and other associated project fees necessary to prepare construction documents to complete the Tenant Improvements. It is the successful Offeror’s responsibility to prepare all documentation (working drawings, etc.) required to receive construction permits. NO COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE BUILDING SHELL SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE TENANT IMPROVEMENT PRICING.

 

	
  

	
C.

	
All Tenant Improvements shall be constructed under the supervision of a Tenant Representative Construction Manager. The cost for the Construction Manager shall be included in the Tenant Improvement Allowance and will not exceed 5% of the total Tenant Improvement Allowance. Qualifications for the Tenant Representative Construction Manager also referred to as Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative-Construction Manager (COTR-CM) are established in “Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative-Construction Manager” subparagraph in the “Construction Schedule of Tenant Improvements” paragraph in the MISCELLANEOUS section of this SFO.

 

	
1.10

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENT RENTAL ADJUSTMENT (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
All Tenant Improvements shall be identified after award of the contract in accordance with the provisions established in the “Design Intent Drawings” subparagraph in the “Construction Schedule of Tenant Improvements” paragraph in the MISCELLANEOUS section of this SFO.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	15	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
1.

	
The Government, at its sole discretion, shall make all decisions as to the usage of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. The Government may use all or part of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. The Government may return to the Lessor any unused portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance in exchange for a decrease in rent according to the amortization rate over the firm term.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
The Government reserves the right to make cash payments for any or all work performed by the Lessor.  Prior to occupancy, the Government, at its sale discretion, may choose to pay lump sum for any or all of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. If, prior to occupancy, the Government elects to make a lump sum payment for any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, the payment of the Tenant Improvement Allowance by the Government will result in a decrease in the rent. At any time after occupancy, the Government, at its sole discretion, may choose to pay a lump sum for any part or all of the remaining unpaid amortized balance of the Tenant Improvement Allowance.  If the Government elects to make a lump sum payment for the Tenant Improvement Allowance after occupancy, the
payment of the Tenant Improvement Allowance by the Government will result in a decrease in the rent according to the amortization, rate over the firm term of the lease.

          

	
  

	
3.

	
If it is anticipated that the Government win spend more than the allowance identified above, the Government reserves the right to 1) reduce the Tenant Improvement requirements, 2) pay lump sum for the overage upon completion and acceptance of the improvements, or 3) increase the rent according to the negotiated amortization rate over the firm term of the lease.

 

	
  

	
4.

	
Payment will not be made by the Government in instances where the Government accepts fixtures and/or other Tenant Improvements already in place. However. the Lessor will be reimbursed for costs to repair or improve the fixture(s) and/or any other improvements already in place.

 

	
1.11

	
PLANS WITH OFFER (SEP 2000)

 

All plans submitted for consideration shall have been generated by a Computer Aided Design CAD) program which is compatible with the latest release of AutoCAD 2005. The required file extension is DWG.  Clean land purged files shall be submitted on 3-1/2-inch double-sided, high density diskettes, or, if approved by the Contracting Officer, on CD-ROM or QIC (1/4-inch cartridge) tape. All submissions shall be accompanied with a written matrix indicating the layering standard to ensure that all information is recoverable.  Plans shall include a proposed corridor pattern for typical floors and/or partial floors.  All architectural features of the space shall be
accurately shown.

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	16	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

 

	
1.12

	
NEGOTIATIONS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
The Government will award a lease pursuant to this solicitation based on initial offers.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
If no such award is made, negotiations will be conducted on behalf of the Government by the Contracting Officer (or the Contracting Officer’s designated representative). The Contracting Officer is named on the cover of this SFO. GSA will negotiate rental price for the initial term, any renewal periods, and any other aspect of the offer as deemed necessary.

 

	
  

	
1.

	
The Offeror shall not enter into negotiations concerning the space leased or to be leased with representatives of federal agencies other than the Contracting Officer or designee.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
The Contracting Officer will conduct oral or written negotiations with all Offerors that are within the competitive range. The competitive range will be established by the Contracting Officer on the basis of cost or price and other factors (if any) that are stated in this SFO and will include all of the most highly rated proposals, unless the range is further reduced for purposes of efficiency.

 

	
  

	
3.

	
All Offerors will be provided a reasonable opportunity to submit any cost or price, technical, or other revisions to their after that may result from the negotiations. Negotiations will be closed with submission of final proposal revisions (“Best and Final” offers).

 

	
1.13

	
PRICE EVALUATION (PRESENT VALUE) (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
If annual CPI adjustments in operating expenses are included, the Offeror shall be required to submit the offer with the total “gross” annual price per rentable square foot and a breakout of the “base” price per rentable square foot for services and utilities (operating expenses) to be provided by the Lessor. The “gross” price shall include the “base” price.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
The Offeror shall be required to submit plans and any other information to demonstrate that the rentable space yields ANSI/BOMA Office Area space within the required ANSI/BOMA Office Area range. The Government will verify the amount of ANSI/BOMA Office Area square footage and will convert the rentable prices offered to ANSI/BOMA Office Area prices, which will subsequently be used in the price evaluation.

 

	
  

	
C.

	
If the offer includes annual adjustments in operating expenses, the base price per ANSI/BOMA Office Area square foot from which adjustments are made will be the base price for the term of the lease, including any option periods.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	17	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

	
  

	
D.

	
Evaluation of offered prices will be on the basis of the annual price per ANSI/BOMA Office Area square foot, including any option periods. The Government will perform present value price evaluation by reducing the prices per ANSI/BOMA Office Area square foot to a composite annual ANSI/BOMA Office Area square foot price, as follows:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Parking and wareyard areas will be excluded from the total square footage but not from the price.  For different types of space, the gross annual per square foot price will be determined by dividing the total annual rental by the total square footage minus these areas.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
If annual adjustments in operating expenses will not be made, the gross annual per square foot price will be discounted annually at 8 percent to yield a gross present value cost (PVC) per square foot.

 

	
  

	
3.

	
If annual adjustments in operating expenses will be made, the annual per square foot price, minus the base cost of operating expenses, will be discounted annually at 8 percent to yield a net PVC per square foot. The operating expenses will be both escalated at 4 percent compounded annually and discounted annually at 8 percent  then added to the net PVC to yield the gross PVC.

 

	
  

	
4.

	
To the gross PVC will be added:

 

	
  

	
a.

	
The cost of Government-provided services not included in the rental escalated at 4 percent compounded annually and discounted annually at 8 percent.

 

	
  

	
b.

	
The annualized (over the full term) per ANSI/BOMA Office Area square foot cost of any items which are to be reimbursed in a lump sum payment. (The cost of these items is present value; therefore, it will not be discounted.).

 

	
  

	
c.

	
The cost of relocation of furniture at $2.00 per ANSI/BOMA Office: Area square foot, and telecommunications at $2.00 per ANSI/BOMA Office Area square foot, if applicable.

 

	
  

	
5.

	
The sum of either subparagraphs 2 and 4 or subparagraphs 3 and 4 less 5, will be the per ANSI/BOMA Office Area square foot present value of the offer for price evaluation purposes.

 

	
1.14

	
AWARD (JAN 1997)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
After conclusion of negotiations, the Contracting Officer will require the Offeror selected for award to execute the proposed lease prepared by GSA which reflects the proposed agreement of the parties.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	18	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
B.

	
The proposed lease shall consist of:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Standard Form 2 (or GSA Form 3626) U.S. Government Lease for Real Property,

 

	
  

	
2.

	
required clauses,

 

	
  

	
3.

	
required certifications and representations,

 

	
  

	
4.

	
the pertinent provisions of the offer, and

           

	
  

	
5.

	
the pertinent provisions of the SFO.

 

	
  

	
C.

	
The acceptance of the offer and award of the lease by the Government occurs upon notification of unconditional acceptance of the offer or execution of the lease by the Contracting Officer and mailing or otherwise furnishing written notification or the executed lease to the successful Offeror.

 

	
1.15

	
LABOR STANDARDS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
If an Offeror proposes to satisfy the requirements of this SFO through the  construction of a new building or the complete rehabilitation or reconstruction of an existing building, and the Government will be the sole or predominant tenant such that any other use of the building will be functionally or quantitatively incidental to the Governments  use and occupancy, the following Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clauses shall apply to work performed in preparation for occupancy and use of the building by the Government Full text versions of these clauses are available upon request from the Contracting Officer.  Full text versions are also available at the following web site:
http://www.amet.gov/far/

 

52.222-4 Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act - Overtime Compensation

 

52.222-6 Davis-Bacon Act

 

52.222-7 Withholding of Funds

 

52.222-8 Payrolls and Basic Records

 

52.222-9 Apprentices and Trainees

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	19	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

52.222-10 Compliance with Copeland Act Requirements

 

52.222-11 Subcontracts (Labor Standards)

 

52.222-12 Contract Termination-Debarment

 

52.222-13 Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act Regulations

 

52.222-14 Disputes Concerning Labor Standards

 

52.222-15 Certification of Eligibility

 

	
  

	
2.0

	
AWARD FACTORS

 

	 	
2.1

	
ACCESSIBILITY AND SEISMIC SAFETY (SEP 2000) I

 

	
  

	
A.

	
All offers received in response to this SFO will be evaluated to determine whether the offers fully meet National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) NISTIR 5382, Interagency Committee on Seismic Safety in Construction (ICSSC) RP 4, Standards of Seismic Safety for Existing Federally Owned or Leased Buildings as modified below, and the accessibility requirements for new construction of the Americans With Disabilities Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG) (Code of Federal Regulations 36 CFR Part 1191, App. A) and the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (UFAS) (Federal Register vol. 49, No. 153, August 7, 1984, reissued as FED. STD. 795, dated April 1, 1988 and amended by
Federal Property Management Regulations CFR 41, Subpart 101-19.6, Appendix A, 54 FR 12628, March 28, 1989). Where standards conflict, the more stringent shall apply. If any offers are received which fully meet accessibility and seismic safety requirements, then other offers, which do not fully meet these requirements, will not be considered.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
The following UFAS provisions are clearly more stringent than the ADAAG:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Work Areas. The UFAS requires that all areas be accessible where there may be employment of persons with disabilities.  The ADAAG requires only that people with disabilities be able to approach, enter, and exit a work area. [UFAS 4.1.4; ADAAG 4.1.1 (3)]

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Work Surface Scoping. The UFAS requires that 5 percent of all fixed or built-in employee work surfaces be accessible. The ADAAG does not require work surfaces in work areas to be accessible.  Both the UFAS and the ADAAG require that 5 percent of fixed tables in public or common use areas be accessible. [UFAS 4.1.2(17) and 4.32; ADAAG 4.1.1(3)(18).

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	20	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
3.

	
No Elevator Exception. The UFAS has no exception to the elevator requirement in all multi-story buildings and facilities. The ADAAG provides an exception to the elevator requirement in certain: buildings that are under three stories or have less than 3,000 square feet per story.  [UFAS 4.1.2(5); ADAAG 4.1.3(5) Exception 1]

 

	
  

	
4.

	
Entrances in Multi-Grade Buildings. The UFAS requires at least one principle entrance at each grade floor to a building to be accessible. The ADAAG requires that 1) at least 50 percent of all public entrances be accessible and 2) the number of exits required by the applicable building fire code be used in determining the total number of accessible entrances required in a building or facility. The UFAS requires more accessible entrances in certain multi-grade buildings. [UFAS 4.1.2.(8)] ADAAG 4.1.3(8)]

          

	
  

	
5.

	
Elevator Controls. The UFAS requires elevator controls to be mounted no higher than 48 inches “unless there is a substantial increase in cost,” in which case 54 inches is allowed.  The ADAAG allows 54 inches whenever a parallel approach is provided. [UFAS 4.10.12(3); ADAAG 4.10.12(3)J] .

 

	
  

	
C.

	
FULL COMPLIANCE:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
“Fully meets” as used herein with regard to the accessibility requirements means the offer fully complies with both the ADAAG and the UFAS requirements for new construction, including but not limited to: Parking and Passenger Loading Zones, Accessible Route, Entrance and Egress, Ramps, Stairs, Handrails, Doors, Elevators, Telephones, Controls, Signage, Alarms, Drinking Fountains, Storage Facilities, Seating and Workstations, Assembly Areas, and Toilet Rooms.  Where standards conflict, the more stringent shall apply.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
“Fully meets” as used herein with regard to the seismic safety requirements means that the Offeror has provided a written certification (example available for the Contracting Officer) from a licensed structural engineer certifying that both the building design and construction are in full compliance with the life-safety  performance level of NISTIR 5382, ICSSC RP 4, Standards of Seismic Safety for Existing Federally Owned or Leased Buildings, AS MODIFIED HEREIN:

 

	
  

	
a.

	
FEMA-178, NEHRP Handbook for the Seismic Evaluation of Existing Buildings, shall be replaced with FEMA-310, Handbook for the Seismic Evaluation of Buildings:  A Prestandard. 

 

	
  

	
b.

	
Section 1.3.1, Post-Benchmark Buildings (Table 1: Advisory Benchmark Years) shall be replaced with the below table.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	21	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

 

	
BENCHMARK BUILDINGS (Table 3-1 of FEMA 310)

	
 

 

BUILDING TYPE1

	
Model Building Seismic

 

Design Provisions

 

	
BOCA

	
SBCGI

	
UBC

	
Wood Frame, Wood Shear Panels (Type W1 and W2)2

	
1992

	
1993

	
1976

	
Wood Frame, Wood Shear Panels (Type W1A)

	
1992

	
1993

	
1976

	
Steel Moment Resisting Frame (Type S1 and S1A)

	
**

	
**

	
19944

	
Steel Braced Frame (Type S2 and S2A)

	
1992

	
1993

	
1988

	
Light Metal Frame (Type S3)

	
*

	
*

	
*

	
Steel Frame w/Concrete Steel Walls (Type C2 and C2A)

	
1992

	
1993

	
1976

	
Reinforced Concrete Moment Resisting Frame (Type C1)3

	
1992

	
1993

	
1976

	
Steel Frame with URM infill (Type S5 and S5A)

	
*

	
*

	
*

	
Concreted Frame with URM Infill (Type C3 and C3A)

	
*

	
*

	
*

	
Tilt-up Concrete (Type PC1 and PC1A)

	
*

	
*

	
1997

	
Precast Concrete (Type PC2 and PC2A)

	
*

	
*

	
1997

	
Reinforced Masonry (Type RM1)

	
*

	
*

	
1997

	
Reinforced Masonry (Type RM2)

	
1992

	
1993

	
1976

	
Unreinforced Masonry (Type URM)5

	
*

	
*

	
19916

	
Unreinforced Masonry (Type URMA)

	
*

	
*

	
*

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	22	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Building Type refers to one of the Common Building Types defined in Table 2-2 of FEMA-310.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Buildings on hillside sites shall not be considered Benchmark Buildings.

 

	
  

	
3.

	
Flat Slab Buildings shall not be considered Benchmark Buildings.

 

	
  

	
4.

	
Steel Moment-Resisting Frames shall comply with Section 2213.7.11.2 of the Uniform Building Code.

 

	
  

	
5.

	
URM buildings evaluated using the ABK Methodology (ABK, 1984) may be considered Benchmark Buildings.

 

	
  

	
6.

	
Refers to the UBCB Section of the UBC.

 

	
  

	
7.

	
Only buildings designed and constructed or evaluated in accordance with FEMA-310 and being evaluated to the

 

	
  

	
8.

	
Life-Safety Performance level may be considered Benchmark Buildings.

 

	
  

	
*

	
No Benchmark year; building shall be evaluated using FEMA-310. I

 

	
  

	
**

	
Local provisions shall be compared with the UBC.

 

 

	 BOCA 	 Building Officials and Code Administrators, National Building Code.
	  	 
	 SBCCI 	 Southern Building Code Congress International, Standard Building Code
	 	 
	 UBC 	  International Conference of Building Officials, Uniform Building Code.

                                          

	
  

	
c.

	
Section 1.3.2, Leased Buildings, shall be revised as follows:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Buildings leased by the federal Government are exempt from these standards if both of the following apply:

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
The leased space is less than 10.000 square feet AND

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The building is located in Regions of Low Seismicity in accordance with FEMA-310. According to FEMA-310, buildings located on sites for which the design short-period response acceleration, S1 is less than 0.067 gravity (g), or for which the design one-second period response acceleration, S1, is less than 0.067 g, shall be considered to be located within Regions of Low Seismicity.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	23	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
d.

	
FEMA-310, Handbook for the Seismic Evaluation of Buildings: A Prestandard, can be obtained by calling the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Distribution Center at (800) 480-2520.

 

 

	
  

	
e

	
NISTIR 5382, ICSSC RP 4, Standards of Seismic Safety for Existing Federally Owned or Leased Buildings, can be obtained from the Building and Fire Research Laboratory, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899.

       

	
  

	
D.

	
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLIANCE:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
In accordance with both the ADAAG and the UFAS, if no offer is received which fully meets accessibility requirements for new construction, but an offer(s) is received which substantially meets these requirements, then other offers which do not substantially meet these requirements will not be considered. “Substantially meets” as used herein with regard to the accessibility requirements means the offer fully complies with both the ADAAG and the UFAS requirements for Parking and Passenger Loading Zones, Accessible Route. Entrance and Egress, Doors, Drinking Fountains, Toilet Rooms.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
“Substantially meets” as used herein with regard to the seismic safety requirements will be determined by the Government based upon the Offeror’s evaluation by a licensed structural engineer that specifically describes all exceptions to full compliance with the Model Building Seismic Design Provisions as shown in the Benchmark Buildings table above. The Offeror shall evaluate the building by using FEMA-310 and shall identify all deficiencies. Based upon the evaluation, the Contracting Officer will make an award to the Offeror which best meets both the seismic safety requirements and the other requirements of this SFO. Documentation of this evaluation shall be made available to the Government.

 

	
  

	
E.

	
LESS THAN SUBSTANTIAL COMPLIANCE:

 

In accordance with both the ADAAG and the UFAS, if no offer is received which either fully or substantially meets, the accessibility requirements of new construction, consideration will be given only to offers which meet the following minimum requirements:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
At least one accessible route shall be provided from an accessible entrance to the leased space and all required accessible areas. At least one interior means of vertical access shall be provided. Elevators shall have complying Controls and Signage.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	24	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
2.

	
If parking is provided, then accessible spaces shall be included.

 

	
  

	
3.

	
Accessible toilet rooms shall be provided as follows:

 

	
  

	
a

	
Where more than one toilet room for each sex is provided on a floor on which the Government leases space, at least one toilet room for each sex on that floor shall be accessible.

 

	
  

	
b.

	
Where only one toilet room for each sex is provided on a floor on which the Government leases space, either one unisex toilet room or one toilet room for each sex on that floor shall be accessible.

 

	
  

	
c.

	
Where only one toilet room is provided in a building where the Government leases space, one unisex toilet room shall be accessible.

 

	
  

	
d.

	
In qualified historic building, where, the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation determines that providing the above minimum accessible toilet facilities would threaten or destroy the historic integrity of the space, accessible unisex toilet room(s) shall be provided in the building.

 

	
  

	
F.

	
If no offer is received which meets the minimum accessibility requirements described  above, offers will not be considered unless a waiver of accessibility requirements is requested by the Contracting Officer and granted by the GSA Public Buildings Service Commissioner.

 

	
2.2

	
AWARD BASED ON PRICE (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
The lease will be awarded to the responsible Offeror whose offer conforms to the requirements of this SFO and is the lowest priced offer submitted. Refer to the “Price Evaluation” paragraph in the SUMMARY section of this SFO.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
The Government will complete calculations which demonstrate that the present value of the net operating income over the life of the lease does not exceed 90% of the Governments Level III estimate of the asset.  Net operating income is derived by subtracting operating expenses (Line 27 • GSA Form 1217. Lessor’s Annual Cost Statement), property taxes, insurance, lessor’s management and building maintenance, and reserves for replacement (1 % of gross annual rent. If said calculation is 90% or less of projected costs, then award may be made.

 

	
3.0

	MISCELLANEOUS	
 

 

	
3.1

	
SUBSEQUENT TENANT IMPROVEMENTS $100,000 OR LESS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
The Lessor may be requested to provide alterations during the term of the lease. Alterations will be ordered by issuance of GSA Form 276, Supplemental Lease Agreement, GSA Form 300, Order for Supplies or Services, or a Tenant Agency-approved form. The two clauses from GSA Form 3517, General Clauses, 552.232-25, Prompt Payment (Deviation FAR 52.232-25), and 552.232-70, Invoice Requirements, apply to orders for alterations. All orders are subject to the terms and conditions of this lease.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	25	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
B.

	
Orders may be placed by the 1) Contracting Officer, 2) GSA Buildings Manager, or 3) Tenant Agency officials when specifically authorized to do so by the Contracting Officer. The Contracting Officer will provide the Lessor with a list of Tenant Agency officials authorized to place orders and will specify any limitations on the authority delegated to Tenant Agency officials. The Tenant Agency officials are not authorized to deal with the Lessor on any other matters;

 

	
  

	
C.

	
Payments for alterations ordered by the Tenant Agency will be made directly by the Tenant Agency placing the order.

 

	
3.2

	
TAX ADJUSTMENT (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
Real estate taxes, as referred to in this paragraph, are only those taxes which are assessed against the building and/or the land upon which the building is located, without regard to benefit to the property, for the purpose of funding general Government services. Real estate taxes shall not include, without limitation, general and/or special assessments, business improvement district assessments, or any other present or future taxes or governmental charges that are imposed upon the Lessor or assessed against the building and/or the land upon which the building is located.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
Base year taxes as referred to in this paragraph are 1) the real estate taxes for the first 12-month period coincident with full assessment or 2) may be an amount negotiated by the parties that reflects an agreed upon base for a fully assessed value of the property.

 

	
  

	
C.

	
The term “full assessment” as referred to in this paragraph means that the taxing jurisdiction has considered all contemplated improvements to the assessed property in the valuation of the same. Partial I assessments for newly constructed projects or for projects under construction, conversion, or renovation will not be used for establishing the Governments base year for taxes.

 

	
  

	
D.

	
The Lessor shall furnish the Contracting Officer with copies of all notices which may affect the valuation of said land and buildings for real estate taxes thereon, as well as all notices of a tax credit, all tax bills, I and all paid tax receipts, or where tax receipts are not given, other similar evidence of payment acceptable to the Contracting Officer (hereinafter, evidence of payment), and a proper invoice (as described in GSA Form 3517, General Clauses, 552.232-75, Prompt Payment) of the tax adjustment including the calculation thereof, for each year that real estate taxes are incurred during the lease term or any extension thereof. All such documents are due within 10 calendar days of receipt except that the proper invoice and
evidence of payment shall be submitted within 60 calendar days after the dale the tax payment is due from the Lessor) the taxing authority. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THE PROPER  INVOICE AND EVIDENCE OF PAYMENT WITHIN SUCH TIME FRAME SHALL BE A WAIVER OF THE RIGHT TO RECEIVE PAYMENT RESULTING FROM AN INCREASED TAX ADJUSTMENT UNDER THIS PARAGRAPH.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	26	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
E.

	
The Government shall 1) make a single annual lump sum payment to the Lessor for its share of any increase in real estate taxes during the lease term over the amount established as the base year taxes or 2) receive a rental credit or lump sum payment for its share of any decreases in real estate taxes during the lease term below their amount established as the base year taxes. The amount of lump sum payment or rental credit shall be based upon evidence Of valuation and payment submitted by the Lessor to the Contracting Officer in accordance with subparagraph D.

 

	
  

	
1.

	
In the event of an increase in taxes over the base year, the Lessor shall submit a proper invoice of the tax adjustment including the calculation thereof together with evidence of payment to the Contracting Officer.  THE GOVERNMENT SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYMENT OF ANY TAX INCREASE OVER THE  BASE YEAR TAXES ONLY IF THE PROPER INVOICE AND EVIDENCE OF PAYMENT IS SUBMITTED BY THE LESSOR WITHIN 60 CALENDAR DAYS AFTER THE DATE THE TAX PAYMENT IS DUE FROM THE LESSOR TO THE TAXING AUTHORITY.  The due date for making payment shall be the 30th calendar day after receipt of evidence of payment by the Contracting Officer or the 30th calendar day after the anniversary date of the lease, whichever is later. If the lease terminates before the end of a tax year, payment for
the tax increase due as a result of this section for the tax year will be prorated based on the number of days that the Government occupied the space. No increase will be paid, due, or will  unless all evidence of valuation and payment has been previously submitted to the Contracting Officer. The Government payment for its share of real estate taxes shall not include any late charges, interest, or penalties imposed by the taxing authority as a result of the Lessor’s delinquency in paying such taxes or charges.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
In the event of a decrease in taxes from the base year, or in the event of by refund or tax deduction, the Lessor shall notify the Contracting Officer in accordance with subparagraph D. The Government shall be entitled to, and shall receive a credit for, the prorata reduction in taxes applicable to the premises encumbered by this lease, regardless of whether the Government has made a tax payment for that year. The Governments share of the credit will be determined in accordance with subparagraph F and shall be taken as a deduction from the rent. Any credit due the Government after the expiration or earlier termination of the lease (including. but not limited to. credits resulting from a decrease in taxes pursuant to a tax credit due the Lessor; a reduction in the tax assessment; or a tax
appeal proceeding for a year of the lease, or portion  thereof) shall be made by a lump sum payment to the Government or as a rental credit to any succeeding lease as determined by the Contracting Officer. The Lessor shall remit any lump sum payment to the Government within 15 calendar days of payment by the taxing authority to the Lessor or the Lessors designee. If the credit due to the Government is not paid by the due date, interest shall accrue on the late payment at the fate established by the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 12 of the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (United States Code 41 USC 611) that is in effect on the day after the due date. The interest penalty shall accrue daily on the amount of the credit and shall be compounded in 30-day increments inclusive from the first day after
the due date through the payment date. The Government shall have the right to pursue the outstanding balance of any tax credit using all such collection methods as are available to the United States to collect debts. Such collection rights shall survive the expiration of this lease.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	27	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
F.

	
The Government shall pay its share of tax increases or shall receive its share of any tax decrease based on the ratio of the rentable square feet occupied by the Government to the total rentable square feet in the building or complex (percentage of occupancy). For the purpose of this lease. the Government’s percentage of occupancy as of the date hereof is (to be established) percent based upon an occupancy of (to be established) enable square feet in a building of (to be established) rentable square feet. This percentage shall be subject to adjustment to take into account additions or reductions of the amount of space as may be contemplated in this lease or amendments hereto. The block and lot/parcel or other identification numbers for the property, building(s), and parking areas(s)
occupied under this lease are (to be established).

 

	
  

	
G.

	
The Government may direct the Lessor upon reasonable notice to initiate a tax appeal, or the Government may decide to contest the tax assessment on behalf of the Government and the Lessor or for the Government alone. The Lessor shall furnish to the Government information necessary for appeal of the tax assessment in accordance with the filing requirements of the taxing authority. If the Government decides to contest the tax assessment on its own behalf or on behalf of the Government and the Lessor, the Lessor shall cooperate and use all reasonable efforts including but not limited to, affirming the accuracy of the documents, executing documents required for any legal proceeding. and taking such other actions as may be required. If the Lessor initiates an appeal on behalf of the Government.
the Government and the Lessor will enter into an agreement to establish a method for sharing expenses and tax savings.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	28	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

       

	
3.3

	
PERCENTAGE OF OCCUPANCY

 

The percent of the building occupied by the Government, for purposes of tax adjustments, will be established during negotiations. The percentage of occupancy should be established based on the occupancy relative to the tax assessment or tax entity. Where multiple units are included in one tax bill, the percentage of occupancy should reflect the government’s occupancy under this lease relative to the tax bill.

 

	
3.4

	
OPERATING COSTS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
Beginning with the second year of the lease and each year thereafter, the Government shall pay adjusted rent for changes in costs for cleaning services. supplies, materials, maintenance, trash removal, landscaping, water, sewer charges, heating, electricity, and certain administrative expenses attributable to occupancy. Applicable costs listed on GSA Form 1217, Lessors Annual Cost Statement, when negotiated and agreed upon. will be used I to determine the base rate for operating costs adjustment.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
The amount of adjustment will be determined by multiplying the base rate by the percent of change in the Cost of Living Index.  The percent change will be computed by comparing the index figure published in the month of the lease commencement date with the index figure published in the month which begins each successive 12-month period. For example, a lease which commences in June of 1995 would use the index published in June of 1995, and that figure would be compared with the index published in June of 1996, June of 1997, and so on, to determine the percent change. The Cost of Living Index will be measured by the Department of Labor revised Consumer Price Index for wage earners and  workers, U.S. city average, all items figure, (1982 to 1984 = 100) published by the
Bureau of Labor Statistics. Payment will be made with the monthly installment of fixed rent. Rental adjustments will be effective on the anniversary date of the lease.

 

	
  

	
C.

	
If the Government exercises an option to extend the lease term at the same rate as that of the original term, the option price will be based on the adjustment during the original term. Annual adjustments will continue.

 

	
  

	
D.

	
In the event of any decreases in the Cost of Living Index occurring during the term of the occupancy under the Lease, the rental amount will be reduced accordingly. The amount of such reductions will be determined in the same manner as increases in rent provided under this paragraph.

 

	
  

	
E.

	
The offer shall clearly state whether the rental is firm throughout the term of the lease or if it is subject to annual adjustment of operating costs as indicated above. If operating costs will be subject to adjustment, those costs shall be specified on GSA Form 1364. Proposal to Lease Space, contained elsewhere in this SFO.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	29	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
3.5

	
OPERATING COSTS BASE (SEP 2000)

 

The base for the operating costs adjustment will be established during negotiations based upon ANSI/BOMA Office Area square feet.

 

	
3.6

	
RENTABLE SPACE (SEP 2000)

 

Rentable space is the area for which a tenant is charged rent. It is determined by the building owner and may vary by city or by building within the same city. The rentable space may include a share of building support/common areas such as elevator lobbies, building corridors, and floor service areas. Floor service areas typically include restrooms, janitor rooms, telephone closets, electrical closets, and mechanical rooms. The rentable space does not include vertical building penetrations and their enclosing walls, such as stairs, elevator shafts, and vertical ducts.

 

	
3.7

	
ANSI/BOMA OFFICE AREA SQUARE FEET (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
For the purposes of this SFO, the Government recognizes the American National Standards Institute/Building Owners and Managers Association (ANSI/BOMA) international standard (Z65.1-1 996) definition for Office Area, which means “the area where a tenant normally houses personnel and/or furniture, for which a measurement is to be computed.”

 

	
  

	
B.

	
ANSI/BOMA Office Area square feet shall be computed by measuring the are enclosed by the finished surface of the room side of corridors (corridors in place as well as those required by local codes and ordinances to provide an acceptable level of safety and/or to provide access to essential building elements) and other permanent walls, the dominant portion (refer to 265.1) of building exterior walls, and the center of tenant-separating partitions. Where alcoves, recessed entrances, or similar deviations from the corridor are present, ANSI/BOMA Office Area square feet shall be computed as if the deviation were not present.

 

	
3.8

	
COMMON AREA FACTOR (SEP 2000)

 

If applicable, the Offeror shall provide the Common Area Factor (a conversion factor(s) determined by the building owner and applied by the owner to the ANSI/BOMA Office Area square feet to determine the rentable square feet for the offered space).

 

	
3.9

	
APPURTENANT AREAS

 

The right to use appurtenant areas and facilities is included. The Government reserves the right to post Government rules and regulations where the Government leases space.

 

	
3.10

	
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES, GSAR 552.270-22 (AUG 1992)

 

In case of failure on the part of the Lessor to complete the work within the time fixed in the lease contract or letter of award, the Lessor shall pay the Government as fixed and greed liquidated damages, pursuant to this clause, the sum of $1,666.00 for each and every calendar day that the delivery is delayed beyond the date specified for delivery of all \he space ready for occupancy by the Government.  This remedy is not exclusive and is in addition to any other remedies which may be available under this lease or at law.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	30	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
3.11

	
VENDING FACILITIES (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
Approximately 250 square feet of the ANSI/BOMA Office Area space in the “Amount and Type of Space” paragraph of the SUMMARY section of this SFO will be used for the operation of a vending facility(ies) by the blind under the provisions of the Randolph-Sheppard Act (United States Code 20 USC 107 et. seq.). The Government will control the number. kind. and locations of vending facilities and will control and receive income from all automatic vending machines. The Lessor is required to provide necessary utilities and to make related alterations. The cost of the improvements will be negotiated, and payment will be made by the Government either on a lump-sum basis or a rental increase.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
The Government will assure that the facility(ies) does not compete with other facilities having exclusive rights in the building. The Offeror shall advise the Government if such rights exist.

 

	
3.12

	
ADJUSTMENT FOR VACANT PREMISES, GSAR 552.270:16 (VARIATION) (SEP 1999)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
If the Government fails to occupy any portion of the leased premises or vacate~ the premises in whole or in part prior to expiration of the term of the lease, the rental rate will be reduced.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
The rate will be reduced by that portion of the costs per ANSI/BOMA Office Area square foot of operating expenses not required to maintain the space. Said reduction shall occur after the Government gives 30 calendar days prior notice to the Lessor and shall continue in effect until the Government occupies the premises or the lease expires or is terminated.

 

	
3.13

	
RELOCATION ASSISTANCE ACT :

 

If an improved site is offered and new construction will result in the displacement of individuals or businesses, the successful Offeror shall be responsible for payment of relocation costs for displaced persons in accordance with the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1 970 as amended and 49 CFR Part 24.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	31	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

 

	
3.14

	
EVIDENCE OF CAPABILITY TO PERFORM (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
AT THE TIME OF SUBMISSION OF OFFERS, THE OFFEROR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Satisfactory evidence of at least a conditional commitment of funds in an amount necessary to prepare the space. Such commitments shall be signed by an authorized bank officer and at a minimum shall state:  amount of loan; term in years; annual percentage rate; and length of loan commitment.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
The license or certification to practice in the state where the facility is located from the individual(s) and/or firm(s) providing architectural and engineering design services.

 

	
  

	
3.

	
Compliance with local zoning laws or evidence of variances, if any, approved by the proper local authority.

 

	
  

	
4.

	
Evidence of ownership or control of site.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
AFTER AWARD:

 

	
  

	
Within 15 days after award, the successful Offeror shall provide to the Contracting Officer evidence of:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
A firm commitment of funds in an amount sufficient to perform the work.

 

	
3.15

	
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

 

	
  

	
A.

	
Within 15 days after award of the lease contract, the successful Offeror shall submit to the Contracting Officer a tentative construction schedule giving the dates on which the various phases of construction will be completed to coincide with the Governments required occupancy date. Refer to the “Occupancy Date” paragraph in the SUMMARY section of this SFO. The finalized schedule shall be submitted no later than 45 days after completion of design intent drawings.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
The schedule shall include timing for completion of design and construction milestones including, but not limited to: 1) submittal of preliminary plans and specifications; 2) submittal of other working drawings; 3) issuance of a building permit; 4) completed construction documents; 5) start of construction; 6) completion of principal categories of work; 7) phased completion and availability for occupancy of each portion of the Government-demised area (by floor, block, or other appropriate category); and 8) final construction completion.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	32	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

 

	
3.16

	
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
The construction schedule shall commence upon lease award, unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Lessor and Government as stated in the lease. The schedule shall be divided into six tasks for each phase. These are: 1) the generation of the design intent drawings; 2) the Government’s approval of the design intent drawings; 3) the Lessor’s generation of the Government’s working/construction drawings; 4) the Government’s review of the working/construction drawings; 5) the Lessor’s construction of the subject leased area; and 6) the Government’s acceptance of the Lessor’s construction. Each of these tasks is detailed below.  References to-working days shall be based upon a 5-day work week (Monday through Friday, exclusive of federal
holidays). References to “approval” shall mean such approval granted by the Contracting Officer. During the construction schedule, the Government may request regularly scheduled progress meetings and request that the Lessor keep meeting, minutes of discussion topics and attendance. During design and construction, the Lessor may discover instances where the Government’s directives conflict In such cases, the Lessor shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer so that the Government may issue a determination as to how to: proceed beyond the building shell.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
CONTRACTING OFFICER’S TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE-CONSTRUCTlON MANAGER:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
The Lessor shall provide to the Government, out of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, for the Government’s approval, a Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative-Construction Manager (COTR-CM) for supervising the Tenant Improvements to be made by the Lessor within the Government-demised area.  The COTR-CM shall be selected by the Lessor through the means of a competitive proposal process. A minimum of three qualified contractors shall be invited to participate in the competitive proposal process. Each participant shall compete independently in the process. The Contracting Officer will participate in the competitive Proposal process.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
The Government shall use best efforts to accept the Lessor’s provision of this Construction Manager if the following minimum criteria are met 1) a Registered Architect; 2) local to Dallas/Forth Worth Metroplex; 3) minimum design and construction management experience of $25,000,000 construction value within past 12 months in Dallas/Fort Worth Metroplex market; 4) must have extensive tenant representation experience, may not have only represented landlords or property management companies; 5) first consideration should be given to previous experience with Government lease tenant improvement construction.

 

	
  

	
3.

	
The COTR-CM shall participate/coordinate in all six tasks identified in subparagraph A and as detailed below.  The COTR-CM shall work closely with the Lessors Project Manager in selecting the General Contractor through the competitive proposal process outlined in Paragraph 9.0, “Tenant Improvements”. The COTR-CM shall work closely with the Lessor’s Project Manager and Construction Superintendent in planning, scheduling and managing Tenant Improvement construction. The COTR-CM shall review all construction costs for price reasonableness, maintain the Project Cost/Budget Spreadsheet and prepare third-party, independent Government estimates for any work identified by the Contracting
Officer. The COTR-CM shall assist the Contracting  Officer by performing construction inspections and construction performance quality assurance of all the technical requirements of the SFO. The COTR-CM shall coordinate furniture installation/delivery, relocation of existing Government furniture/property/equipment, and any services provided by Government contractors, especially telecommunications sub-contractors, in the preparation of the Government-demised space. The COTR-CM will provide Post-Construction close out assistance by insuring the delivery of “as-built” drawings described in Paragraphs 4.8 & 4.9 and finalizing construction cost for final payment/closeout.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	33	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
C.

	
DESIGN INTENT DRAWINGS:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
The Lessor shall prepare, at the Lessor’s expense, and provide to the government, for the Government’s approval, design intent drawings detailing the Tenant Improvements to be made by the Lessor within the Government-demised area. The Government shall use best efforts to coordinate the provision of such information and details as required by the Lessor’s architect to complete such drawings in a timely manner.  Design intent drawings, for the purposes of this lease, are defined as fully-dimensioned drawings of the leased space-which include enough information to prepare construction drawings and shall consist of: 1) furniture locations, telephone and data outlet types and locations; 2) specifications necessary  for calculation of electrical and HVAC
loads; and 3) all finish/color/signage Selections. Design intent drawings shall be due from the Lessor within 30 days from award.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Review. The Government retains the right to review, approve, and request modifications (if necessary) to the lessor’s design intent drawings prior to the Lessor’s commencement of working/Construction drawings. A maximum of two modifications may be required. The Government’s review and approval of the drawings is limited as to the drawings’ conformance to the specific requirements of the SFO and the agency’s needs as they apply to the specific leased space.  The Government shall perform all reviews of design intent drawings within 10 working days of receipt of such from Lessor.  Should the Government require that modifications be made to the Lessor’s design intent drawings before
approval can be granted, the Government shall state as such in writing to the Lessor, and the Lessor shall have 10 working days to cure all noted defects before returning the design intent drawings to the Government for a subsequent review. Upon approval of the design intent drawings, a notice to proceed shall be transmitted to the Lessor, and the Lessor shall commence working/construction drawings for the space. At the sole discretion of the Government, the Lessor may be required to submit a budget proposal, based on the Tenant Improvements and associated work as shown on the design intent drawings. This budget proposal shall be completed within 10 working days of the Governments request. Delay of receipt of such proposal shall result in a Lessor delay.

 

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	34	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
D.

	
WORKING/CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS:

 

The Lessor shall prepare, out of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, final working/construction drawings for the improvements illustrated on the Government-approved design intent drawings. The working construction drawings shall include all mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire safety, lighting, structural, and architectural improvements scheduled for inclusion into the Government-demised area. Working/construction drawings shall also be annotated with all applicable specifications. The resulting product shall reflect requirements which are substantially the same as that specified by the Government-approved design intent drawings and shall incorporate neither extraneous additions nor deletions
of requirements. The Lessor’s working/construction drawings shall be due to the Government within 15 working days of the Governments approval of the design intent drawings. Working/construction drawings shall clearly identify 1) Tenant Improvements already in place and 2) the work to be done by the Lessor or others. The Government may also require at the time of submission of working/construction drawings that the Lessor submit a written price proposal along with adequate cost and pricing data for any costs or credits to the Government which are beyond the scope of the Original SFO and its attachments. Any work shown. on the working/construction drawings which is building shell shall be clearly identified as such.

 

	
  

	
E.

	
REVIEW OF WORKING/CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS:

 

The Government retains the right to review, and request modifications (if necessary) to, the Lessor’s working/construction drawings prior to the Lessor’s commencement of interior construction. The Governments review of the working/construction drawings is limited to the working/construction drawings’ conformance to the specific requirements of the SFO and to the approved design intent drawings. The Government shall perform all reviews of working/construction drawings within 5 working days of receipt of such from the Lessor. Should the Government require that modifications be made to the Lessor’s working/construction drawings, the Government shall state such in writing to
the Lessor, and the Lessor shall have 5 working days to cure all noted defects before returning the working/construction drawings to the Government for a subsequent review.  Upon complete Government review for conformance of the working/construction drawings to the design intent drawings, A NOTICE TO PROCEED SHALL BE TRANSMITTED TO THE LESSOR, and the essor shall obtain the necessary permits and shall commence construction of the space. Notwithstanding the Government’s review of the working/construction drawings, the Lessor is solely responsible and liable for the technical accuracy of the working/construction drawings in meeting all requirements and provisions of the lease and the Government-approved design intent
drawings.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	35	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
F.

	
CONSTRUCTION OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS:

 

The Lessor shall construct all Tenant Improvements in accordance with 1) the Government reviewed working/construction drawings and 2) all terms and conditions of the SFO.  The Lessor shall complete Tenants Improvements within 90 days of receiving the notice to proceed from the Government. The Lessor shall furnish a detailed construction schedule (such as Critical Path Method) to the Government within 5 days of issuance of the notice to proceed. Such schedule shall also indicate the dates available for the Government contractors to install telephone/data lines or equipment. The Government reserves the right to access any space within the building during the conduct of interior
construction for the purposes of performing inspections or for installing Government-furnished equipment. The Government shall coordinate with the Lessor the activity of Government contractors in order to minimize conflicts with, and disruption to, other contractors on site. Access shall not be denied to authorized Government officials including, but not limited to, Government contractors, subcontractors, or consultants acting on behalf of the Government with regard to this project.

 

	
  

	
G.

	
ACCEPTANCE OF SPACE:

 

5 days prior to the completion of interior construction, the Lessor shall issue written notice to the Government to inspect the space.  The Government shall have 3 Working days to inspect and to either accept or reject the subject space.

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Substantially completed space will be accepted by the Government subject to the completion of minor punch list items. Space which is not substantially complete will not be accepted by the Government. Should the Government reject the Lessor’s space as not substantially complete as defined herein, the Lessor shall immediately undertake remedial action and when ready shall issue a subsequent notice to inspect to the Government.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Before the Government will accept space, the Lessor shall provide to the  Contracting Officer 1) evidence of the issuance of a building permit incorporating the construction of required improvements and 2) a copy of the Certificate of Occupancy.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	36	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
H.

	
RENT COMMENCEMENT:

 

The rent commencement date (for each increment) shall be the date that space acceptance is made by the Government.  Any rental paid by the Government prior to actual occupancy shall be Jess the least for services and utilities. In any event, the Government will not be required to accept space and commence rent prior to the original date as indicated in Paragraph 1.6.

 

	
  

	
I.

	
LEASE COMMENCEMENT:

 

The Government shall issue GSA Form 276, Supplemental Lease Agreement, to establish the lease commencement date after the acceptance of all space. In any case, the lease commencement date shall pot be prior to the rent commencement date.

 

	
3.17

	
PROGRESS REPORTS (SEP 2000)

 

After start of construction, at the Government’s discretion, the successful Offeror shall submit to the Contracting Officer, written progress reports at intervals of 10 working days.  Each report shall include information as to 1) percentage of the work completed by phase and trade; 2) a statement as to expected completion and occupancy date; 3) changes introduced into the work; and 4) general remarks on such items as material shortages, strikes, weather, etc. In addition at the Government’s discretion, the Lessor shall conduct weekly meetings to brief Government personnel and/or contractors regarding the progress of design and construction of the Government-demised area.
The Lessor shall be responsible for documenting each and every meeting and/or conference call with written minutes to be reviewed by the Government before finalization and distribution. Such meetings shall be held at a location to be designated by the Government.

 

	
3.18

	
CONSTRUCTION INSPECTIONS

 

	
  

	
A.

	
Construction inspections will be made periodically by the Contracting Officer and/or designated technical representatives to review compliance with the SFO requirements and the final working drawings.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
Periodic reviews, tests, and inspections by the Government are not to be interpreted as resulting in any approval of the Lessor’s apparent progress toward meeting the Government’s objectives but are intended to discover any information which the Contracting Officer may be able to call to the Lessor’s attention to prevent costly misdirection of effort. The Lessor shall remain completely responsible for designing, constructing, operating, and maintaining the building in full accordance with the requirements of this SFO.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	37	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
4.0

	GENERAL ARCHITECTURE	
 

 

	
4.1

	
QUALITY AND APPEARANCE OF BUILDING EXTERIOR (SEP 2000)

 

The space offered shall be located in a modem office building with a facade of stone, marble, brick, stainless steel, aluminum, or other permanent materials in good condition acceptable to the Contracting Officer. If not in a new office building, the space offered shall be in a building that has undergone, or will complete by occupancy, first class restoration or adaptive reuse for office space with modern conveniences. If the restoration work is underway or proposed, then architectural plans acceptable to the Contracting Officer shall be submitted as part of the offer. The building shall be compatible with its
surroundings. Overall, the building shall project a professional and aesthetically-pleasing appearance including an attractive front and entrance way. The building shall have energy-efficient windows or glass areas consistent with the structural integrity of the building, unless not appropriate for intended use. The facade, downspouts, roof trim, and window casing shall be clean and in good condition.

 

	
4.2

	
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
Recycling construction waste means providing all services necessary to furnish construction materials or wastes to organizations which will employ these materials or wastes in the production of new materials. Recycling includes required labor and equipment necessary to separate individual materials from the assemblies of which they form a part.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
The Offeror shall submit to the Government a proposal to dispose of or recycle construction waste. Where the small quantity of material, the extraordinarily complex nature if the, waste disposal method, or prohibitive expense for recycling would represent a genuine hardship, the Government may permit alternative means of disposal This requirement shall also apply to subsequent alterations under the lease.

 

	
  

	
C.

	
The Lessor shall recycle the following items during both the demolition and construction phases of the project, subject to economic evaluation and feasibility:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
ceiling grid and tile;

 

	
  

	
2.

	
light fixtures, Including proper disposal of any transformers, ballasts, and fluorescent light bulbs;

 

	
  

	
3.

	
duct work and HVAC equipment;

 

	
  

	
4.

	
wiring and electrical equipment;

 

	
  

	
5.

	
aluminum and/or steel doors and frames;

 

	
  

	
6.

	
hardware;

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	38	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
7.

	
drywall;

 

	
  

	
8.

	
steel studs;

 

	
  

	
9.

	
carpet, carpet backing, and carpet padding;

 

	
  

	
10.

	
wood

 

	
  

	
11.

	
insulation;

 

	
  

	
12.

	
cardboard packaging;

 

	
  

	
13.

	
pallets;

 

	
  

	
14.

	
windows and glazing materials;

 

	
  

	
15.

	
all miscellaneous metals (as in steel support frames for filing equipment); and

 

	
  

	
16.

	
all other finish and construction materials.

 

	
  

	
D.

	
If any waste materials encountered during the demolition or construction phase are found to contain lead, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCS’s) (such as fluorescent lamp ballasts), or other harmful substances, they shall be handled and removed in accordance with federal and state laws and requirements concerning hazardous waste.

 

	
  

	
E.

	
In addition to providing “one-time” removal and recycling of large-scale demolition items such as carpeting or drywall, the Lessor shall provide continuous facilities for the recycling of incidental construction waste during the initial construction.

 

	
  

	
F.

	
Construction materials recycling records shall be maintained and shall be accessible to the Contracting Officer. Records shall include materials recycled or landfilled, quantity, date, and identification of hazardous wastes.

 

	
4.3

	
EXISTING FIT-OUT, SALVAGED, OR RE-USED BUILDING MATERIAL (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
Items and materials existing in the offered space, or to be removed from the offered space during the demolition phase, are eligible for reuse in the construction phase of the project. The reuse of items and materials is preferable to recycling them; however, items considered for reuse shall be in refurbishable condition and shall meet the quality standards set forth by the Government in this SFO. In the absence of definitive quality standards, the Lessor shall ensure that the quality of the item(s) in question shall meet or exceed accepted industry or trade standards for first quality commercial grade applications.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	39	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
B.

	
The Lessor shall submit a reuse plan to the Contracting Officer. The Government will not pay for existing fixtures and other Tenant Improvements accepted in place. However, the Government will reimburse the Lessor, as part of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, the costs to repair or improve such fixtures or improvements identified on the reuse plan and approved by the Contracting Officer.

 

	
4.4

	
INDOOR AIR QUALITY DURING CONSTRUCTION (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
The Lessor shall provide to the Government material safety data sheets (MSD1S) upon request for the following products prior to their installation or use: adhesives, caulking, sealants, insulating materials, fireproofing or firestopping materials, paints, carpets, floor and wall patching or leveling materials, lubricants, clear finish for wood surfaces, and janitorial cleaning products.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
The Contracting Officer may eliminate from consideration products with significant quantities of toxic, flammable, corrosive, or carcinogenic material and products with potential for harmful chemical emissions. Materials used often or in large quantities will receive the greatest amount of review.

 

	
  

	
C.

	
All MSDS shall comply with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements. The Lessor and its agents shall comply with all recommended measures in the MSDS to protect the health and safety of personnel.

 

	
  

	
D.

	
To the greatest extent possible, the Lessor shall sequence the installation of finish materials so that materials that are high emitters of volatile organic compounds (VOC) are installed and allowed to cure before installing interior finish materials, especially soft materials that are woven, fibrous, or porous in nature, that may adsorb contaminants and release them over time.

 

	
  

	
E.

	
Where demolition or construction work occurs adjacent to occupied space, the Lessor shall erect appropriate barriers (noise, dust, odor, etc.) and take necessary steps to minimize interference with the occupants. This includes maintaining acceptable temperature, humidity, and ventilation in the occupied areas during window  removal, window replacement, or similar types of work.

 

	
  

	
F.

	
A final flush-out period of 48 hours to 72 hours shall be provided before occupancy. The Lessor shall ventilate with 100 percent outside air at the recommended air change rate during installation of materials and finishes. Refer to the latest edition of American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. ANSI/(ASHRAE) Standard 62, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality. If outside air would cause unacceptable inside  temperature levels, humidity levels, and/or air quality, an alternate ventilation plan may be submitted to the Contracting Officer for approval.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	40	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
4.5

	
WORK PERFORMANCE (SEP 2000)

 

All work in performance of this lease shall be done by skilled workers or mechanics and shall be acceptable to the Contracting Officer.  The Contracting Officer retains the right to reject the Lessor’s workers 1) if such are either unlicensed, unskilled, or otherwise incompetent or 2) if such have demonstrated a history of either untimely or otherwise unacceptable performance in connection with work carried out in conjunction with either this contract or other Government or private contracts.

 

	
4.6

	
BUILDING SYSTEMS (JAN 1997)

 

The Lessor shall furnish at no cost to GSA a report by a registered professional engineer(s) showing that the building and its systems as designed and constructed will satisfy the requirements of this lease.

 

	
4.7

	
SPACE EFFICIENCY (SEP 2000)

 

The design of the space offered shall be conducive to efficient layout and good utilization as determined by the Government at its sole discretion.

 

	
4.8

	
FLOOR PLANS AFTER OCCUPANCY

 

Within 30 days after occupancy, three copies of CAD disks with full floor plans. scaled at 1/8” = 1’-0”, showing the space under lease, as well as corridors, stairways, and core areas, shall be provided to the Contracting Officer. If the lessor does not provide as requesting, a rent reduction will be taken to cover the governments cost in obtaining.

 

	
4.9

	
CAD AS-BUILT FLOOR PLANS (SEP 2000)

 

Computer Aided Design (CAD) files of as-built floor plans showing the space under lease, as well as corridors, stairways, and core areas, shall be provided to the Contracting Officer along with the drawings required  in the “Floor Plans After Occupancy” paragraph in the GENERAL ARCHITECTURE section of this SFO. The plans shall have been generated by a CAD program which is compatible with the latest release of AutoCAD. The required file extension is .DWG. Clean and purged files shall be submitted on 3-1/2-inch double-sided, high density diskettes. or, if approved by the Contracting Officer. or) CD-ROM or QIC (l/4-inch cartridge) tape. They shall be labeled with building
name, address, list of drawing(s), date of the drawings), and Lessor’s architect and phone number. The Lessor’s operator shall demonstrate the submission on GSA equipment, if requested by the Contracting Officer.

 

	
4.10

	
FLOORS AND FLOOR LOAD (SEP 2000)

 

All adjoining floor areas shall be 1) of a common level not varying more than 1/4 inch over a 10-foot, O-inch horizontal run in accordance with the American Concrete Institute standards, 2) non-slip, and 3) acceptable to the Contracting Officer. Under floor surfaces shall be smooth and level. Office areas shall have a minimum live load capacity of 50 pounds per ANSI/BOMA Office Area square foot plus 20 pounds per ANSI/BOMA Office Area square foot for moveable partitions. Storage areas shall have a minimum live load capacity of 100 pounds per ANSI/BOMA Office Area square foot including moveable partitions. A report showing the floor load capacity, at no cost to the Government, by a registered
professional engineer shall be required. Calculations and structural drawings may also be required.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	41	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
4.11

	
EXITS AND ACCESS (SEP 1991)

 

Vestibules shall be provided at public entrances and exits wherever weather conditions and heat loss are important factors for consideration. In the event of negative air pressure conditions, provisions shall be made for equalizing air pressure.

 

	
4.12

	
WINDOWS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
Office space shall have windows in each exterior bay unless waived by the contracting Officer.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
All windows shall be weather-tight. Operable windows that open shall be equipped with locks. Off-street, ground level windows and those accessible from fire escapes, adjacent roofs, and other structures that can be opened shall be fitted with a sturdy locking device.

 

	
4.13

	
ACCESSIBILITY (SEP 2000)

 

The building, leased space, and areas serving the leased space shall be accessible to persons with disabilities in accordance with both the ADAAG (36 CFR Part 1191, App. A) and the UFAS (41 CFR Part 101-19.6, App. A). Where standards conflict, the more stringent shall apply.

 

	
4.14

	
LANDSCAPING (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
Where conditions permit, the site shall be landscaped for low maintenance and water conservation with plants that are either native or well-adapted to local growing conditions.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
Landscape management practices shall prevent pollution by:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
employing practices which avoid or minimize the need for fertilizers and pesticides;

 

	
  

	
2.

	
prohibiting the use of the 2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic Acid (2,4-D) herbicide and organophosphates; and

 

	
  

	
3.

	
composting/recycling all yard waste.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	42	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
C.

	
The Lessor shall use landscaping products with recycled content as required by Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA’s) Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines (CPG) for landscaping products. Refer to EPA’s CPG web site, www.epa.gov/cpg.

 

	
  

	
D.

	
The Contracting Officer shall approve the landscaping to be provided.

 

	
5.0

	
ARCHITECTURAl FINISHES

 

	
5.1

	
RECYCLED CONTENT PRODUCTS (COMPREHENSIVE PROCUREMENT GUIDELINES) (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
The Lessor shall comply to the extent feasible with the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). Section 6002, 1976. The Lessor shall use-recycled content products as indicated in this SFO and as designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in the Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines (CPG), 40 (FR Part 247, and its accompanying Recovered Materials Advisory Notice (RMAN). The CPG lists the designated recycled content products. EPA also provides recommended levels of recycled content for these products. The list of designated products, EPA’s recommendations, and lists of manufacturers and suppliers of the products can be found at the www.epa.gov/cpg/products.htm website.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
The Offeror, if unable to comply with both the CPG and RMAN lists, shall submit a request for waiver for each material to the Contracting Officer with Initial offers. The request for waiver shall be based on the following criteria:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
the cost of the recommended product is unreasonable;

 

	
  

	
2.

	
inadequate competition exists;

 

	
  

	
3.

	
items are not available within a reasonable period of time; and

 

	
  

	
4.

	
items do not meet the SFO’s performance standards.

 

	
5.2

	
ENVIRONMENTALLY PREFERABLE BUILDING PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
The Lessor shall use environmentally preferable products and materials where economically feasible. Environmentally preferable products have a lesser or reduced effect on human health and the environment when compared to other products and services that serve the same purpose.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
Refer to EPA’s environmentally preferable products web site, www.epa.gov/opptintr/epp. In general, environmentally preferable products and materials do one or more of the following:

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	43	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
1.

	
contain recycled material, are biobased, or have other positive environmental attributes;

 

	
  

	
2.

	
minimize the consumption of resources, energy, or water;

 

	
  

	
3.

	
prevent the creation of solid waste, air pollution, or water pollution; and

 

	
  

	
4.

	
promote the use of non-toxic substances and avoid toxic materials or processes.

      

	
5.3

	
LAYOUT AND FINISHES

 

	
  

	
A.

	
All required finish selection samples shall be provided within 5 working days of the request for such by the Contracting Officer.  GSA shall deliver layout drawings and necessary finish selections to the Lessor, within 15 working days after award or after receipt of plans and samples, whichever is later.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
All building finishes shall be for first class, modem space.

 

	
5.4

	
LAYOUT, FINISHES, AND COLORBOARDS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
All building finishes shall be for first class, modern space.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
The Lessor shall consult with the Contracting Officer prior to developing a minimum of 3 color boards to include coordinated samples of finishes for all interior elements such as paint, wall coverings, base coving, carpet, window treatments, laminates, and vinyl flooring. All samples provided shall be in compliance with specification set forth elsewhere in this SFO. Required color boards shall be provided within 5 working days of the request for such by the Contracting Officer. The color boards shall be approved by GSA prior to installation. Upon review with the Tenant Agency(ies), a selection of ONE color board shall be made within 15 working days, and unless otherwise specified prior to lease award, the Offeror may assume that ONE color board will be accepted for all finishes in the
entire space under lease. No substitutes may be made by the Lessor after the color board is selected.

 

	
5.5

	
WOOD PRODUCTS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
For all new installations of wood products, the Lessor is encouraged to use independently certified forest products.  For information on certification and certified wood products, refer to the Fort Stewardship Council United States web site (www.fscus.org) or the Certified Forest Products Council web site (www.certifiedwood.org)

 

	
  

	
B.

	
New installations of wood products used under this contract shall not contain wood from endangered wood species, as listed by the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species. The list of species can be found at the following web site:  www.certifiedwood.orglResourceslCITESlCITESContent.html.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	44	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
C.

	
Particle board, strawboard, and plywood materials shall comply with Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) standards for formaldehyde emission controls. Plywood materials shall not emit formaldehyde in excess of 0.2 parts per million (ppm), and particleboard materials shall not emit formaldehyde in excess of 0.3, ppm.

 

	
5.6

	
ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS (SEP 2000)

 

All adhesives employed on this project (including, but not limited to, adhesives for carpet, carpet tile, plastic laminate, wall coverings, adhesives for wood. or sealants) shall be those with the lowest possible VOC content below 20 grams per liter and which meet the requirements of the manufacturer of the products adhered or involved. The Lessor shall use adhesives and sealants with no formaldehyde or heavy metals.

 

	
5.7

	
INSULATION: THERMAL, ACOUSTIC, AND HVAC (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
All insulation products shall contain recovered materials recommendations as required by EPA’s CPG and, related recycled content.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
No insulation installed with this project shall be material manufactured using chlorofluorocarbons (CFC’s), nor shall CFC’s be used in the installation of the product.

 

	
  

	
C.

	
All insulation containing fibrous materials exposed to air flow shall be rated for that exposure or shall be encapsulated.

 

	
  

	
D.

	
Insulating properties for all materials shall meet or exceed applicable industry standards. Polystyrene products shall meet American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) C578-91.

 

	
5.8

	
CEILINGS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
Ceilings shall be at least 9 feet, 0 inches measured from floor to the lowest obstruction. Areas with raised flooring shall maintain these ceiling height limitations above the finished raised flooring. Bulkheads and hanging or surface-mounted light fixtures which impede traffic ways shall be avoided. Ceilings shall be uniform in color and appearance throughout the leased space, with no obvious damage to tiles or grid.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
Ceilings shall have a minimum noise reduction coefficient (NRC) of 0.60 throughout the Government-demised area.

 

	
  

	
C.

	
Prior to closing the ceiling, the Lessor shall coordinate with the Government for the installation of any items above the ceiling.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	45	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
D.

	
Should the ceiling be installed in the Government-demised area prior to the Tenant Improvements, then the Lessor shall be responsible for all costs in regard to the disassembly, storage during alterations, and subsequent re-assembly of any of the ceiling components which may be required to complete the Tenant Improvements. The Lessor shall also bear the risk for any damage to the ceiling or any components thereof during the alterations.

 

	
  

	
E.

	
Ceilings shall be a flat plane in each room and shall be suspended with ample light fixtures and finished as follows unless an alternate equivalent is pre-approved by the Contracting Officer:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Restrooms. Plaster or pointed and taped gypsum board.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Offices and Conference Rooms. Mineral and acoustical tile or lay in panels with textured or patterned surface and regular edges or an equivalent pre-approved by the Contracting Officer.  Tiles or panels shall contain recycled content.

 

	
  

	
3.

	
Corridors and Eating/Galley Areas. Plaster or pointed and taped gypsum board or mineral acoustical tile.

 

	
5.9

	
WALL COVERINGS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
BUILDING SHELL:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Physical Requirements.

 

	
  

	
a.

	
Prior to occupancy, all restrooms within the building common areas of Government-occupied floors shall have 1) ceramic tile in splash areas and 2) vinyl wall covering not less than 13 ounces per square yard as specified in Federal Specification (FS) CCC-W408C on remaining wall areas 0r an equivalent pre-approved by the Contracting Officer.

 

	
  

	
b.

	
Prior to occupancy, all elevator areas which access the Government-demised area and hallways accessing the Government-demised area shall be covered with vinyl wall coverings not less than 22 ounces per square yard as specified in FS CCC-W-408C or an equivalent pre-approved by the Contracting Officer.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Replacement. All wall covering shall be maintained in “like new” condition for the life of the lease. Wall covering shall be replaced or repaired at the Lessor’s expense any time during the Government’s occupancy if it is tom, peeling or permanently  stained; the ceramic tile in the restrooms shall be replaced or repaired if it is loose, chipped. broken, or permanently discolored. All repair and replacement work shall be done after working hours or during normal working hours depending on tenant preference.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	46	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
B.

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENT INFORMATION:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
In the event the Government chooses to install wall covering as part of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, the minimum standard is established as vinyl or polyolefin commercial wall covering weighing not less that 13 ounces per square yard as specified in FS CCC-W-408C or equivalent. The finish shall be pre-approved by the Contracting Officer.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
All wall covering in the Government-demised area shall be maintained in “like new” condition for the life of the lease. Repair or replacement of wall covering shall be at the Lessor’s expense and shall include the moving and returning of furnishings, (except where wall covering has been damaged due to the negligence of the Government), any time during the occupancy by the Government if it is torn, peeling, or permanently stained. All repair and replacement work shall be done after working hours or during normal working hours depending on tenant preference.

 

	
  

	
C.

	
SAMPLES:

 

The Lessor shall provide at least 3 samples of each type of wall covering to be installed for selection by the Contracting Officer.

 

	
5.10

	
PAINTING (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
BUILDING SHELL:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
The Lessor shall bear the expense for all painting associated with the building shell. These areas shall include all common areas. Exterior perimeter walls and interior core walls within the Government-demised area shall be spackled and prime painted with low VOC primer. If any building shell areas are already painted prior to Tenant Improvements, then the Lessor shall repaint, at the Lessor’s expense, as necessary during Tenant Improvements.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Public areas shall be painted at least every 3 years.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENT INFORMATION:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Prior to occupancy, all surfaces within the Government-demised area which are designated by GSA for painting shall be newly finished in colors acceptable to GSA.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Where feasible, reprocessed or consolidated latex paint with zero or low VOC shall be used in accordance with EPA’s CPG on all painted surfaces. The type of paint shall be acceptable to the Contracting Officer. The Lessor shall follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for the application and maintenance of all paint products.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	47	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
3.

	
Painted surfaces shall be repainted at the Lessor’s expense, including the moving and returning of furnishings, any time during the occupancy by the Government if it is peeling or permanently stained, except where damaged due to the negligence of the Government All work shall be done after normal working hours-as defined elsewhere in this SFO.

 

 

	
  

	
4.

	
If the Government desires cyclical repainting during the term of the lease, the cost will be borne by the Tenant Agency.

 

	
5.11

	
DOORS: EXTERIOR (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
BUILDING SHELL:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Exterior doors shall be provided at the Lessor’s expense unless explicitly requested by the Government in addition to those provided by the Lessor. Exterior doors shall be weather-tight and shall open outward. Hinges, pivots, and pins shall be installed in a manner which prevents removal when-the door is closed and locked.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
These doors shall have a minimum clear opening of 32” wide x 80” high (per leaf). Doors shall be heavy-duty, flush, 1) hollow steel construction, 2) solid-core wood, or 3) insulated tempered glass. As a minimum requirement, hollow steel doors shall be fully insulated. flush, 16-gauge hollow steel. Solid-core wood doors and hollow steel doors shall be at least 1-3/4 inches thick. Door assemblies shall be of durable finish and shall have an aesthetically-pleasing appearance acceptable to the Contracting Officer. The opening dimensions and operations shall conform to the governing building, fire safety, accessibility for the disabled, and energy codes and/or requirements.

 

	
5.12

	
DOORS: SUITE ENTRY (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENT INFORMATION:

 

Suite entry doors shall be provided as part of the Tenant Improvements at the Government’s expense and shall have a minimum clear opening of 32” wide x 84” high (per leaf). Doors shall meet the requirements of being a flush, solid-core, 1-3/4-inch thick, wood door with a natural wood veneer face or an equivalent pre-approved by the Contracting Officer. Hollow core wood doors are not acceptable. They shall be operable by a single effort and shall be in accordance with National Building Code requirements.  Doors shall be installed in a metal frame assembly, finished with a semi-gloss oil based paint
finish.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	48	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
5.13

	
DOORS: INTERIOR (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENT INFORMATION:

 

Doors within the Government-demised area shall be provided as part of the Tenant Improvements at the Governments expense and shall have a minimum clear opening of 36” wide x 80” high. Doors shall meet the requirements of being a flush, solid-core, wood door with a natural wood veneer face or an equivalent pre-approved by the Contracting Officer. Hollow core wood doors are not acceptable. They shall be operable with a single effort and shall be in accordance with National Building Code requirements.  Doors shall be installed in a metal
frame assembly, primed and finished with a low VOC semi-gloss oil based paint with no formaldehyde.

 

	
5.14

	
DOORS: HARDWARE (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
BUILDING SHELL:

 

Doors shall have door handles or door pulls with heavy-weight hinges. All doors shall have corresponding door stops (wall- or floor-mounted) and silencers. All public use doors and toilet room doors shall be equipped with kick plates. Exterior doors and all common area doors shall- have automatic door closers. All building: exterior doors shall have locking devices installed to reasonably deter unauthorized entry. Properly rated and labeled fire door assemblies shall be installed on all fire egress doors.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENT INFORMATION:

 

Doors shall have door handles or door pulls with heavy-weight hinges.  All doors shall have corresponding door stops (wall- or floor-mounted) and silencers. All door entrances leading into the Government-demised area from public corridors and exterior doors shall have automatic door closers. Doors designated by the Government shall be equipped with 5-pin tumbler cylinder locks, and strike plates. All locks shall be master keyed. The Government shall be furnished with at least two master keys for each lock.

 

	
5.15

	
DOORS: IDENTIFICATION (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
BUILDING SHELL:

 

All signage required in common areas unrelated to tenant identification shall be provided and installed at the lessor’s expense.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	49	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
B.

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENT INFORMATION:

 

Door identification shall be installed in approved locations adjacent to office entrances as part of the Tenant Improvement Allowance.  The form of door  identification shall be approved by the Contracting Officer.

 

	
5.16

	
PARTITIONS: GENERAL (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
BUILDING SHELL:

 

Partitions in public areas shall be marble, granite, hardwood, sheetrock covered with durable vinyl wall covering, or an equivalent preapproved by the Contracting Officer.

 

	
5.17

	
PARTITIONS: PERMANENT (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
BUILDING SHELL:

 

Permanent partitions shall extend from the structural floor slab to the structural ceiling slab. They shall be provided by the Lessor at the Lessor’s expense as necessary to surround the Government-demised area, stairs, corridors, elevator shafts, toilet rooms, all columns, and janitor closets. They shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less and a smoke development rating of 50 or less (ASTM E-84). Stairs, elevators, and other floor openings shall be enclosed by partitions and shall have the fire resistance required by National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 101, Life Safety Code.

 

	
5.18

	
PARTITIONS: SUBDIVIDING (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
BUILDING SHELL:

 

Any demolition of existing improvements which is necessary to satisfy the Government’s layout shall be done at the Lessor’s expense.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENT INFORMATION:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Office subdividing partitions shall comply with applicable building codes and local requirements and shall be provided at the expense of the Government. Partitioning shall extend from the finished floor to the finished ceiling and shall be designed to provide a sound transmission class (STC) of 37. Partitioning shall be installed by the Lessor at locations to be determined by the Government as identified in the design intent drawings. They shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less and a smoke development rating of 50 or less (ASTM E·84).

 

	
  

	
2.

	
HVAC shall be rebalanced and lighting repositioned, as appropriate, after installation of partitions.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	50	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
3.

	
Partitioning requirements may be met with existing partitions if they meet the Governments standards and layout requirements.

 

	
5.19

	
FLOOR COVERING AND PERIMETERS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
BUILDING SHELL:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Exposed interior floors in primary entrances and lobbies shall be marble, granite, terrazzo, or an equivalent pre-approved by the Contracting Officer. Exposed interior floors in secondary entrances, elevator lobbies, and primary interior corridors shall be high-grade carpet, marble, granite, terrazzo, durable vinyl composite tile, or an equivalent pre-approved by the Contracting Officer. Resilient flooring. or an equivalent pre-approved by the Contracting Officer, shall be used in telecommunications rooms. Floor perimeters at partitions shall have wood, rubber, vinyl, marble, carpet base, or an equivalent pre-approved by the Contracting
Officer.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Terrazzo, unglazed ceramic tile, recycled glass tile, and/or quarry: tile shall be used in all toilet and service areas unless another covering is pre-approved by the Contracting Officer.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
CARPET - REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Except when damaged by the Government, the Lessor shall repair or replace carpet at the Lessor’s expense at any time during the lease term when:

 

	
  

	
a.

	
backing or underlayment is exposed;

 

	
  

	
b.

	
there are noticeable variations in surface color or texture; or

 

	
  

	
c.

	
tears and tripping hazards are present.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Repair or replacement shall include the moving and returning of furnishings. Work shall be performed after normal working hours as defined elsewhere in this SFO.

 

	
  

	
C.

	
RESILIENT FLOORING - REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Except when damaged by the Government, the Lessor shall repair or replace resilient flooring at the Lessor’s expense at any time during the lease term when:

 

	
  

	
a.

	
it has curls, upturned edges, or other noticeable variations in texture.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	51	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Repair or replacement shall include the moving and returning of furnishings. Work shall be performed after normal working hours as defined elsewhere in this SFO.

 

	
  

	
D.

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENT INFORMATION:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Floor covering shall be either carpet or resilient flooring, as specified in the Government’s design intent drawings. Floor perimeters at partitions shall have wood, rubber, vinyl, carpet base, or an equivalent pre-approved by the Contracting Officer.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
The use of existing carpet may be approved by the Contracting Officer; however, existing carpet shall be repaired, stretched, and cleaned before occupancy and shall meet the static buildup requirement for new carpet.

        

	
  

	
3.

	
If the Government requires restrooms and/or shower rooms in the Government-demised area, floor covering shall be terrazzo, unglazed ceramic tile, and/or quarry tile.

 

	
  

	
E.

	
INSTALLATION:

 

Floor covering shall be installed in accordance with manufacturing instructions to lay smoothly and evenly. Any Manufacturing or installation defects are the responsibility of the lessor to correct at the lessor’s expense.

 

	
  

	
F.

	
SAMPLES:

 

When floor covering is to be newly installed or changed, the Lessor shall provide the Government with a minimum of 3 different color samples of each type of floor covering. The sample and color shall be approved by GSA prior to installation. No substitutes may be made by the Lessor after sample selection.

 

	
5.20

	
CARPET TILE (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
Any carpet to be newly installed shall meet the following specifications as well as being acceptable to the Government’s appearance:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Pile Yam Content. Pile yam content shall be staple filament or continuous filament branded by a fiber producer (e.g., Allied, DuPont, Monsanto, BASF), soil-hiding nylon or polyethylene terephthalate (PET) resin.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Environmental Requirements. The Lessor shall use carpet that meets the “Green Label” requirements of the Carpet and Rug Institute unless an exception is granted by the Contracting Officer.

 

	
  

	
3.

	
Carpet Pile Construction. Carpet pile construction shall be tufted level loop, level cut pile, or level cut/uncut pile.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	52	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
4.

	
Pile Weight. Pile weight shall be a minimum of 26 ounces per square yard for level loop and out pile. Pile weight shall be a minimum of 32 ounces per square yard for plush and twist.

 

	
  

	
5.

	
Secondary Back. The secondary back shall be polyvinyl chloride, ethylene vinyl acetate, polyurethane, polyethylene, bitumen, or olefinic hardback reinforced with fiberglass.

 

	
  

	
6.

	
Total Weight. Total weight shall be a minimum of 130 ounces per square yard.

 

	
  

	
7.

	
Density. The density shall be 100 percent nylon (loop and cut pile) with a minimum of 4,000; other fibers, including blends and combinations with a minimum of 4,500.

 

	
  

	
8.

	
Pile Height. The minimum pile height shall be 1/8 inch. The combined thickness of the pile, cushion, and backing height shall not exceed 1/2 inch (13 mm).

 

	
  

	
9.

	
Static Buildup. Static buildup shall be a maximum of 3.5 kilovolt, when tested in accordance with AATCC-134.

 

	
  

	
10.

	
Carpet Construction. Carpet construction shall be a minimum of 64 tufts per square inch.

 

	
  

	
11.

	
Backing System. Backing system must provide a moisture barrier in direct glue down applications.

 

	
5.21

	
ACOUSTICAL REQUIREMENTS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
BUILDING SHELL:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Reverberation Control. Ceilings in carpeted space shall have a noise reduction coefficient (NRC) of not less than 0.55 in accordance with ASTM C-423. Ceilings in offices, conference rooms, and corridors having resilient flooring shall have an NRC of not less than 0.65.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Ambient Noise Control.  Ambient noise from mechanical equipment shall not exceed noise criteria curve (NC) 35 in accordance with the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals in offices and conference rooms; NC 40 in corridors, cafeterias, lobbies, and toilets; NC 50 in other spaces.

 

	
  

	
3.

	
Noise Isolation. Rooms separated from adjacent spaces by ceiling-high partitions (not Including doors) shall not be less than the following noise Isolation class (NIC) standards when tested in accordance with ASTM E-336:

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	53	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
a.

	
Conference rooms

	
NIC 40

 

	
  

	
b.

	
Offices

	
NIC 35

 

	
  

	
4.

	
Testing.

 

	
  

	
a.

	
The Contracting Officer may require, at no cost to the Government, test reports by a qualified acoustical consultant showing that acoustical requirements have been met.

 

b.           The requirements of this paragraph shall take precedence over any additional specifications in this SFO if there is a conflict.

 

	
5.22

	
WINDOW COVERINGS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENT INFORMATION:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Window Blinds. All exterior windows shall be equipped with window blinds In new or like new condition, which shall be provided as part of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. The blinds may be aluminum or plastic vertical blinds or horizontal blinds with aluminum slats of 1-inch width or less or an equivalent pre-approved by the Contracting Officer. The window blinds shall have non-corroding mechanisms and synthetic tapes. Color selection will be made by the Contracting Officer.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Draperies. If draperies are required, the following minimum specifications shall apply:

 

	
  

	
a.

	
Fabrics shall be lined with either white or off-white plain lining fabric suited to the drapery fabric weight. Draperies shall be either floor-, apron-, or sill-length, as specified by the Government, and shall be wide enough to cover window and trim. Draperies shall be hung with drapery hooks on well-anchored heavy duty traverse rods. Traverse rods shall draw from either the center, right, or left side.

 

	
  

	
b.

	
Construction. Any draperies to be newly installed, shall be made as follows:

 

	
  

	
i.

	
fullness of 100 percent, including overlap, side hems, and necessary returns;

 

	
  

	
ii.

	
double headings of 4 inches turned over a 4-inch permanently finished stiffener,

 

	
  

	
iii.

	
doubled side hems of 1-1/2 inches; flinch doubled and blind stitched bottom hems;

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	54	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
iv.

	
three-fold pinch pleats;

 

	
  

	
v.

	
safety stitched intermediate seams;

 

	
  

	
vi.

	
matched patterns;

 

	
  

	
vii.

	
tacked corners; and

 

	
  

	
viii.

	
no raw edges or exposed seams.

 

	 	
c. 

	
Use of existing draperies must be approved by the Contracting Officer.

 

	
  

	
3.

	
Samples. A minimum of 3 patterns and colors shall be made available to the Government for selection; shading of sample fabric shall not vary markedly from that of the final product

 

	
5.23

	
BUILDING DIRECTORY (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
BUILDING SHELL.

 

A tamper-proof directory with lock shall be provided in the building lobby listing the Government agency(ies). It must be acceptable to the Contracting Officer.

 

	
6.0

	
MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING

 

	
6.1

	
MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING: GENERAL (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
BUILDING SHELL:

 

The Lessor shall provide and operate all building equipment and systems in accordance with applicable technical publications, manuals, and standard procedures. Mains, lines, and meters for utilities shall be provided by the Lessor. Exposed ducts, piping, and conduits are not permitted in office space.

 

	
6.2

	
ENERGY COST SAVINGS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
The Offeror is encouraged to use 1) Energy Savings Performance Contracts (ESPC) or 2) utility agreements to achieve, maintain, and/or exceed the ENERGY STAR Benchmark Score of 75. The Offeror is encouraged to include shared savings in the offer as a result of energy upgrades where applicable. The ENERGY STAR Online Benchmark Tool can be found at the www.epa.gov/energystarwebsite.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
All new construction shall achieve an ENERGY STAR Building Label within 1 year after reaching 95 percent occupancy and will continue to retain the ENERGY STAR Building Label if the level of performance is maintained.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	55	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
C.

	
The Offeror may obtain a list of energy service companies qualified under the Energy Policy Act to perform ESPC, as well as additional information on cost-effective energy efficiency, renewables, and water conservation. For the ESPC qualified list, refer to the www.eren.doe.gov/femp web site, or call the FEMP Help Desk at 1-800-566-2877.

 

	
6.3

	
DRINKING FOUNTAINS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
BUILDING SHELL:

 

The Lessor shall provide, on each floor of office space, a minimum of one chilled drinking fountain within every 150 feet, 0 inches of travel distance.

 

	
6.4

	
TOILET ROOMS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
BUILDING SHELL:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Separate toilet facilities for men and women shall be provided on each floor occupied by the Government in the building. The facilities shall be located so that employees will not be required to travel more than 200 feet, 0 inches on one floor to reach the toilets. Each toilet room shall have sufficient water closets enclosed with modem stall partitions and doors, urinals (in men’s room), and hot (set in accordance with applicable building codes) and cold water. Water closets and urinals shall not be visible when the exterior door is open.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Each main toilet room shall contain the following equipment:

 

	
  

	
a.

	
a mirror above the lavatory;

 

	
  

	
b.

	
a toilet paper dispenser in each water closet stall, that will hold at least two rolls and allow easy, unrestricted dispensing;

 

	
  

	
c.

	
a coat hook on the inside face of the door to each water closet stall and on several wall locations by the lavatories;

 

	
  

	
d.

	
at least one modem paper towel dispenser, soap dispenser, and waste receptacle for every two lavatories;

 

	
  

	
e.

	
a coin-operated sanitary napkin dispenser in women’s toilet rooms with a waste receptacle for each water closet stall;

 

	
  

	
f.

	
ceramic tile, recycled glass tile, or comparable wainscot from the floor to a minimum height of 4 feet, 6 Inches;

 

	
  

	
g.

	
a disposable toilet seat cover dispenser; and

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	56	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
h.

	
a counter area of at least 2 feet, 0 inches in length, exclusive of the lavatories (however, it may be attached to the lavatories) with a mirror above and a ground fault interrupt-type convenience outlet located adjacent to the counter area.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
If newly installed, toilet partitions shall be made from recovered materials as listed in EPA’s CPG.

 

	
6.5

	
JANITOR CLOSETS (SEP 2000)

 

A.           BUILDING SHELL:

 

Janitor closets with service sink, hot and cold water, and ample storage for cleaning equipment, materials, and supplies shall be provided on all floors. Each janitor closet door shall be fitted with an automatic deadlocking latch bolt with a minimum throw of 1/2 inch.

 

	
6.6

	
HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
BUILDING SHELL:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Temperatures shall conform to local commercial equivalent temperature levels and operating practices in order to maximize tenant satisfaction. These temperatures shall be maintained throughout the leased premises and service areas, regardless of outside temperatures, during the hours of operation specified in the lease.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
During non-working hours, heating temperatures shall be set no higher than 55° Fahrenheit, and air conditioning shall not be provided except as necessary to return space temperatures to a suitable level for the beginning of working hours. Thermostats shall be secured from manual operation by key or locked cage. A key shall be provided to the GSA Field Office Manager.

 

	
  

	
3.

	
Simultaneous heating and cooling are not permitted.

 

	
  

	
4.

	
Areas having excessive heat gain or heat loss, or affected by solar radiation at different times of the day, shall be independently controlled.

 

	
  

	
5.

	
Equipment Performance. Temperature control for office spaces shall be assured by concealed central heating and air conditioning equipment  The equipment shall maintain space temperature control over a range of internal load fluctuations of plus 0.5 W/sq. ft. to minus 1.5 W/sq. ft. from initial design requirements of the tenant.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	57	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
6.

	
HVAC Use During Construction. The permanent HVAC system may be used to move both supply and return air during the construction process only if the following conditions are met:

 

	
  

	
a.

	
a complete air filtration system with 60 percent efficiency filters is installed and properly maintained;

 

	
  

	
b.

	
no permanent diffusers are used;

 

	
  

	
c.

	
no plenum-type return air system is employed;

 

	
  

	
d.

	
the HVAC duct system is adequately sealed to prevent the spread of airborne particulate and other contaminants; and

 

	
  

	
e.

	
following the building “flush-out,” all duct systems are vacuumed with portable high-efficiency particulate arrestance (HEPA) vacuums and documented clean in accordance with National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA) specifications.

 

	
  

	
7.

	
Ductwork Re-use and Cleaning. Any ductwork to be reused and/or to remain in place shall be cleaned, tested, and demonstrated to be clean in accordance with the standards set forth by NADCA. The cleaning, testing, and demonstration shall occur immediately prior to Government occupancy to avoid contamination from construction dust and other airborne particulates.

 

	
  

	
8.

	
Insulation. All insulation shall contain recovered materials as required by EPA’s CPG and related recycled content recommendations.

 

	
  

	
9.

	
The Lessor shall conduct HVAC system balancing after any HVAC system alterations during the term of the lease and shall make a reasonable attempt to schedule major construction outside of office hours.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENT INFORMATION:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Zone Control. Individual thermostat control shall be provided for office space with control areas not to exceed. 2,000 ANSi/BOMA Office Area square feet. Areas which routinely have extended hours of operation Shall be environmentally controlled through dedicated heating and air conditioning equipment.. Special purpose areas (such as photocopy centers, large conference rooms, computer rooms, etc.) with an internal cooling load in excess of 5 tons shall be independently controlled. Concealed package air conditioning equipment shall be provided to meet localized spot cooling of tenant special equipment. Portable space heaters are prohibited from use.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	58	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
6.7

	
VENTILATION (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
During working hours in periods of heating and cooling, ventilation shall be provided in accordance with the latest edition of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
Air filtration shall be provided and maintained with filters having a minimum efficiency rating as determined by ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 52.2, Method of Testing General Ventilation Air Cleaning Devices for Removal Efficiency by Particle Size. Pre-filters shall be 30 percent to 35 percent efficient. Final filters shall be 80 percent to 85 percent efficient for particles at 3 microns.

 

 

	
  

	
C.

	
Where the Lessor proposes that the Government shall pay utilities, the following shall apply:

    

	
  

	
1.

	
an automatic air or water economizer cycle shall be provided to all air handling equipment, and

 

	
  

	
2.

	
the building shall have a fully functional building automation system capable of control, regulation, and monitoring of all environmental conditioning equipment. The building automation system shall be fully supported by a service and maintenance contract.

 

	
6.8

	
VENTILATION: TOILET ROOMS (DEC 1993)

 

Toilet rooms shall be properly exhausted, with a minimum of 10 air changes per hour.

 

	
6.9

	
ELECTRICAL: GENERAL (SEP 2000)

 

The Lessor shall be responsible for meeting the applicable requirements of local codes and ordinances. When codes conflict, the more stringent standard shall apply. Main service facilities shall be enclosed. The enclosure may not be used for storage or other purposes and shall have door(s) fitted with an automatic deadlocking latch bolt with a minimum throw of 1/2 inch. Distribution panels shall be circuit breaker type with 25 percent spare power load and circuits.

 

	
6.10

	
ELECTRICAL: DISTRIBUTION (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
BUILDING SHELL:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Main power distribution switchboards and distribution and lighting: panel boards shall be circuit breaker type with copper buses that are properly rated to provide the calculated fault circuits. All power distribution panel boards shall be supplied with separate equipment ground buses. All power distribution equipment shall be required to handle the actual specified and projected loads plus 25 percent spare load capacity. Distribution panels are required to accommodate circuit breakers for the actual calculated needs plus 25 percent spare circuits that will be equivalent to the majority of other circuit breakers in the panel system. All floors shall have 1201208 V, 3-phase, 4-wire with bond, 60. hertz electric service available.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	59	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Main distribution for standard office occupancy shall be provided at the Lessor’s expense. In no event shall such power distribution (not including lighting and HVAC) for the Government-demised area fall below 7 W per ANSI/SOMA Office Area square foot.

 

	
  

	
3.

	
Convenience outlets shall be installed in accordance with NFPA Standard 70, National Electrical Code, or local code, whichever is more stringent.

 

 

	
  

	
B.

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENT INFORMATION:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
All electrical, telephone, and data outlets within the Government-demised area shall be installed by the Lessor at the expense of the Government in accordance with the design intent drawings. All electrical outlets shall be installed in accordance with NFPA Standard 70, or local code, whichever is more stringent.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
All tenant outlets shall be marked and coded for ease of wire tracing; outlets shall be circuited separately from lighting. All floor outlets shall be flush with the plane of the finished floor.

 

	
  

	
3.

	
The Lessor shall ensure that outlets and associated wiring (for electricity, voice, and data) to the workstation(s) shalt be safely concealed in partitions, ceiling plenums, in recessed floor ducts, under raised flooring, or by use of a method acceptable to the Contracting Officer. In any case, cable on the floor surface shall be minimized.

 

	
6.11

	
TELECOMMUNICATIONS: DISTRIBUTION AND EQUIPMENT (SEP 2000):

 

	
  

	
A.

	
BUILDING SHELL:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Sufficient space shall be provided on the floor(s) where the Government occupies space for the purposes of terminating telecommunications service into the building. The building’s telecommunications closets located on all floors shall be vertically-slacked. Telecommunications switchrooms, wire closets, and related spaces shall be enclosed. The enclosure shall not be used for storage or other purposes and shall have door(s) fitted with an automatic door-closer and deadlocking latch bolt with a minimum throw of 1/2 inch.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Telecommunications switchrooms, wire closets, and related spaces shall meet applicable Telecommunications Industry Association (TA) and Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) standards; These standards include the following:

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	60	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
a.

	
TIA/EIA-568, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard,

 

	
  

	
b.

	
TIA/EIA 569, Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces,

 

	
  

	
c.

	
TIA/EIA-570, Residential and Light Commercial Telecommunications Wiring Standard, and

 

	
  

	
d.

	
TIA/EIA-607, Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications Standard.

 

	
  

	
3.

	
Telecommunications switchrooms, wire closets, and related spaces shall meet applicable NFPA standards. Bonding and grounding shall be in accordance with NFPA Standard 70, National Electrical Code, and other applicable NFPA standards and/or local code requirements.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENT INFORMATION:

 

Telecommunications floor or wall outlets shall be provided as required. At a minimum, each outlet shall house one 4-pair wire jack for voice and one 4-pair wire jack for data. The Lessor shall ensure that all outlets and associated wiring, copper, coaxial cable, optical fiber, or other transmission medium used to transmit telecommunications (voice, data, video, Internet, or other emerging technologies) service to the workstation shall be safely concealed underraised floors, in floor ducts, walls, columns, or molding. All outlets/junction boxes shall be provided with rings and pull strings to facilitate the installation of cable. Some transmission medium may require special conduit, inner
duct, or shielding as specified by the Government.

 

	
6.12

	
TELECOMMUNICATIONS: LOCAL EXCHANGE ACCESS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
BUILDING SHELL:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
The Government reserves the right to contract its own telecommunications (voice, data, video, Internet or other emerging technologies) service In the space to be leased. The Government may contract with one or more parties to have inside wiring (or other transmission medium) and telecommunications equipment installed.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
The Lessor shall allow the Government’s designated telecommunications providers access to utilize existing building wiring to connect its services to the Government’s space. If the existing building wiring is insufficient to handle the transmission requirements of the Government’s designated telecommunications providers, the Lessor shall provide access from the point of entry into the building to the Government’s floor space, subject to any inherent limitations in the pathway involved.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	61	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
3.

	
The Lessor shall allow the Government’s designated telecommunications providers to affix telecommunications antennae (high frequency, mobile, microwave, satellite, or other emerging technologies), subject to weight and wind load conditions, to roof, parapet, or building envelope as required. Access from the antenna(e) to the leased space shall be provided.

 

	
  

	
4.

	
The Lessor shall allow the Government’s designated telecommunications providers to affix antennae and transmission devices throughout Its leased space and in appropriate common areas frequented by the Government’s employees so as to allow the use of wireless telephones and communications devices necessary to conduct business at no additional cost to the Government.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENT INFORMATION:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Should the Government’s security requirements require sealed conduit to house the telecommunications transmission medium, the Lessor shall provide such conduit at the expense of the Government

 

	
6.13

	
DATA DISTRIBUTION (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENT INFORMATION:

 

The Lessor shall at its expense be responsible for purchasing and installing data cable. The Lessor shall ensure that data outlets and the associated wiring used to transmit data to workstations shall be safely concealed in floor ducts, walls, columns, or below access flooring, the Lessor shall provide outlets. When cable consists of multiple runs, the Lessor shall provide ladder-type cable trays to insure that the cab, le does not come, into contact with suspended ceilings. Cable trays shall farm a loop around the perimeter of the Government-demised area such that they are within a 30-foot, 0-inch horizontal distance of any single drop.

 

	
6.14

	
ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE, DATA FOR SYSTEMS FURNITURE (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENT INFORMATION:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
The Lessor shall provide as part of the Tenant Improvement Allowance separate data, telephone, and electric junction boxes for the base feed connections to Government-provided modular or systems furniture, when such feeds are supplied via wall outlets or floor penetrations. When overhead feeds are used, junction boxes shall be Installed for electrical connections. Raceways shall be provided throughout the furniture panels to distribute the electrical, telephone, and data cable. The Lessor shall provide all electrical service wiring and connections to the furniture at designated junction points. Each electrical junction shall contain an 8-wire feed consisting of 3 general-purpose 120-V circuits with 1 neutral and 1 ground wire, and a 120-V isolated-ground circuit with 1 neutral and 1
Isolated-ground wire. A 20-ampere circuit shall have no more than 8 general-purpose receptacles or 4 isolated-ground “computer” receptacles.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	62	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
2.

	
The Government shall at its expense be responsible for purchasing data and telecommunications cable. Said cable shall be installed and connected to systems furniture by the Lessor/contractor with the assistance and/or advice of the Government or computer vendor. The Lessor shall provide wall-mounted data and telephone junction boxes, which shall include rings and pull strings to facilitate the installation of the data and telecommunications cable. When cable consists of multiple runs, the Lessor shall provide ladder-type cable trays to insure that Government-provided cable does not come into contact with suspended ceilings. Cable trays shall form a loop around the perimeter of the Government-demised area such that
they are within a 30-foot, 0-inch horizontal distance of any single drop. Said cable trays shall provide, access to both telecommunications data closets and telephone closets.

 

	
  

	
3.

	
The Lessor shall furnish and install suitably sized junction boxes in the vicinity of the “feeding points” of the furniture panels. All “feeding points” shall be shown on Government-approved design Intent drawings. The Lessor shall temporarily cap off the wiring in the junction boxes until the furniture is installed during Phase 2. The Lessor shall make all connections in the power panel and shall keep the circuit breakers off. The Lessor shall identify each circuit with the breaker number and shall  identify the computer hardware to be connected to it. The Lessor shall identify each breaker at the panel and identify the devices that It serves.

 

	
  

	
4.

	
PHASE 2 involves the Lessor’s electrical contractor connecting power poles or base feeds in the junction boxes to the furniture electrical system and testing all pro-wired receptacles in the systems furniture. It also involves other Government contractors who will be installing the data cable In the furniture panels for the terminal and printer locations, installing the connectors on the terminal/printer ends of the cable, and continuity testing each cable. All Phase 2 work shall be coordinated and performed in conjunction with the furniture, telephone, and data cable installers. Much of this work may occur over a weekend on a schedule that requires flexibility and on-call visits.

 

	
6.15

	
ELEVATORS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
The Lessor shall provide suitable passenger and freight elevator service to any Government-demised area not having ground level access. Service shall be available during the hours specified in the “Normal Hours” paragraph in the SERVICES, UTILITIES, MAINTENANCE section of ‘this SFO. However, one passenger and one freight elevator shall be available at all times for Government use. The freight elevator shall be accessible to the loading areas. When possible, the Government shall be given 24-hour advance notice if the service is to be interrupted for more than 1-1/2 hours. Normal service interruption shall be scheduled outside of the Government’s normal working hours. The Lessor shall also use best efforts to minimize the frequency and duration of unscheduled
interruptions.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	63	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
B.

	
CODE:

 

Elevators shall conform to the current edition of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers ANSI (ASME) Al7.1, Safety Code for Elevators and

 

Escalators, except that elevator cabs are not required; to have a visual or audible signal to notify passengers during automatic recall. Elevator lobby smoke detectors shall not activate the building fire alarm system but shall signal the fire department or central station services and capture the elevators. The elevator shall be inspected and maintained in accordance with the current edition of the ANSI/ASME A17.2, inspectors’ Manual. for Elevators. All elevators shall meet both the ADAAG and the UFAS requirements.

 

	
  

	
C.

	
SAFETY SYSTEMS:

 

Elevators shall be equipped with telephones or other two-way emergency signaling systems. The system used shall be marked and shall reach an emergency communication location staffed during normal operating hours when the elevators are in service. When Government occupancy is 3 or more floors above grade, automatic: elevator emergency recall is required.

 

	
  

	
D.

	
SPEED:

 

The passenger elevators shall have a capacity to transport in 5 minutes 15 percent of the normal population of all upper floors (based on 150 square feet per person). Further, the dispatch interval between elevators during the up-peak demand period shall not exceed 35 seconds.

 

	
  

	
E.

	
INTERIOR FINISHES:

 

Elevator cab walls shall be hardwood, marble, granite, or an equivalent pre-approved by the Contracting Officer. Elevator cab floors shall be marble, granite, terrazzo, or an equivalent pre-approved by the Contracting Officer.

 

	
6.16

	
LIGHTING: INTERIOR AND PARKING (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
BUILDING SHELL:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
The Lessor shall provide interior lighting, as part of the building shell cost, in accordance with the following:

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	64	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
a.

	
Modem, diffused fluorescent fixtures using no more than 2.0 W per ANSI/BOMA Office Area square foot shall be provided. Such fixtures shall be capable of producing a light level of 50 average maintained foot-candies at working surface height throughout the space. Tubes shall then be removed to provide 1) 30 foot-candies in portions of work areas other than work surfaces and 2)1 foot-candle to 10 foot-candies, or minimum levels sufficient to ensure safety, in non-working areas. Exceptions may be granted by the GSA Buildings Manager. When the space Is not In use by the Government, interior and exterior, lighting, except that essential for safety and security purposes, shall be turned off.

 

	
  

	
b.

	

Exterior parking areas, vehicle driveways, pedestrian walkways, and building perimeter shall have a minimum of 1 foot-candle of illumination and shall be designed based on Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA) standards. Exterior lighting and indoor parking shall be sufficient to accommodate security monitoring (i.e., .closed circuit television camera). Indoor parking shall have a minimum of 10 foot-candies and shall be designed based on IESNA standards.

 

	
  

	
c.

	
The Lessor shall provide occupancy sensors and/or scheduling controls through the building automation system to reduce the hours that the lights are on when the space is unoccupied. Daylight dimming, controls shall be used in atriums or other space where daylight can contribute to energy savings..

 

	
  

	
d.

	
Lighting shall be controlled by occupancy sensors arranged to control open areas, individual offices, conference rooms, toilet rooms within the Government-demised area, and all other programmed spaces or rooms within the leased space. The control system shall provide an optimal mix of infrared and ultrasonic sensors suitable for the configuration and type of space. Occupancy sensors shall be located so that they have a clear view of the room or area they are monitoring. No more than 1,000 ANSI/SOMA Office Area square feet of open space shall be controlled by occupancy sensor. All occupancy sensors shall have manual switches to override the light control. Such switches shall be located by door openings in accordance with both the ADAAG and the UFAS. If light switches are to be used instead
of occupancy sensors or in combination with occupancy sensors, the Offeror shall notify the Government during the negotiation process.

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	65	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
7.0

	 	
SERVICES, UTILITIES, MAINTENANCE

 

	
7.1

	
SERVICES, UTILITIES, MAINTENANCE: GENERAL

 

Services, utilities, and maintenance shall be provided by the Lessor as part of the rental consideration. The Lessor shall have a building superintendent or a locally designated representative available to promptly correct deficiencies.

 

	
7.2

	
NORMAL HOURS

 

Services, utilities, and maintenance shall be provided daily, extending 6:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. except Saturdays, Sundays, and federal holidays.

 

	
7.3

	
OVERTIME USAGE (SEP 2000)

 

	 	
A. 

	
The Government shall have access to the leased space at all times without additional payment, including the use, during other than normal hours, of necessary services and utilities such as elevators, toilets, lights, and electric power.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
If heating or cooling is required on an overtime basis, such services will be ordered orally or in writing by the Contracting Officer or the GSA Buildings Manager. When ordered, services shall be provided at the hourly rate established in the contract. Costs for personal services shall only be included as authorized by the Government,

 

	
  

	
C.

	
When the cost of service is $2,000 or less, the service may be ordered orally. An invoice shall be submitted to the official placing the order for certification and payment- Orders for services costing more than $2,000 shall be placed using GSA Form 300, Order for Supplies or Services. The two clauses from GSA Form 3517, General Clauses, 552.232-75, Prompt Payment, and 552.232-70, Invoice Requirements (Variation), apply to all orders for overtime services.

 

	
  

	
D.

	
All orders are subject to the terms and conditions of this lease. In the event of a conflict between an order and this lease, the lease shall control.

 

	
7.4

	
UTILITIES

 

The Lessor shall ensure that utilities necessary for operation are provided and that all associated costs are included as a part of the established rental rate.

 

	
7.5

	
JANITORIAL SERVICES (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
Cleaning shall be performed after tenant working hours unless daytime cleaning is specified as a special requirement elsewhere in this SFO.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	66	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
B.

	
SELECTION OF CLEANING PRODUCTS:

 

The Lessor shall make careful selection of janitorial cleaning products and equipment to:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
use products that are packaged ecologically;

 

	
  

	
2.

	
use products and equipment considered environmentally beneficial and/or recycled products that are phosphate-free, non-corrosive, non-flammable, and fully biodegradable; and

 

	
  

	
3.

	
minimize the use of harsh chemicals and the release of irritating fumes.

 

	
  

	
4.

	
Examples of acceptable products may be found at http://pub.fss.gsa.gov/environlclean-prod-catalog.html.

 

	
  

	
C.

	
SELECTION OF PAPER PRODUCTS:

 

The Lessor shall select paper and paper products (i.e., bathroom tissue and paper towels) with recycled content conforming to EPA’s CPG.

 

	
  

	
D.

	
The Lessor shall maintain the leased premises, including outside areas, in a clean condition and shall provide supplies and equipment The following, schedule describes the level of services intended. Performance will be based on the Contracting Officer’s evaluation of results, not the frequency or method of performance.

 

	
  

	
1.

	
Daily. Empty trash receptacles, and clean ashtrays. Sweep entrances, lobbies, and corridors. Spot sweep floors, and spot vacuum carpets. Clean drinking fountains. Sweep and damp mop or scrub toilet rooms. Clean all toilet fixtures, and replenish toilet supplies. Dispose of all trash and garbage generated in or about the building. Wash inside and out or steam clean cans used for collection of food remnants from snack bars and vending machines. Dust horizontal surfaces that are readily available and visibly require dusting. Spray buff resilient floors In main corridors, entrances, and lobbies. Clean elevators and escalators. Remove carpet stains. Police sidewalks, parking areas, and driveways. Sweep loading dock areas and platforms.
Clean glass entry doors to the Government-demised area.

 

	
  

	
2.

	
Three Times a Week. Sweep or vacuum stairs.

 

	
  

	
3.

	
Weekly. Damp mop and spray buff all resilient floors in toilets and health units. Sweep sidewalks, parking areas, and driveways (weather permitting).

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	67	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
4.

	
Every. Two Weeks. Spray buff resilient floors in secondary corridors, entrance, and lobbies.  Damp mop and spray buff hard and resilient floors in office space.

 

	
  

	
5.

	
Monthly. Thoroughly dust furniture. Completely sweep and/or vacuum carpets. Sweep storage space. Spot clean all wall surfaces within 70 inches of the floor.

 

	
  

	
6.

	
Every Two Months. Damp wipe toilet wastepaper receptacles, stall partitions, doors, window sills, and frames. Shampoo entrance and elevator carpets.

 

	
  

	
7.

	
Three Times a Year. Dust wall surfaces within 70 inches of the floor, vertical surfaces and under surfaces. Clean metal and marble surfaces In lobbies. Wet mop or scrub garages.

 

	
  

	
8.

	
Twice a Year. Wash all interior and exterior windows and other glass surfaces. Strip and apply four coats of finish to resilient floors in toilets. Strip and refinish main corridors and other heavy traffic areas.

        

	
  

	
9.

	
Annually. Wash all venetian blinds, and dust 6 months from washing. Vacuum or dust all surfaces in the building of 70 inches from the floor, including, light fixtures. Vacuum all draperies in place. Strip and refinish floors in offices and secondary lobbies and corridors. Shampoo carpets in corridors and lobbies. Clean balconies, ledges, courts, areaways, and flat roofs.

 

	
  

	
10.

	
Every Two Years. Shampoo carpets in all offices and other non-public areas.

 

	
  

	
11.

	
Every Five Years.  Dry clean or wash (as appropriate) all draperies.

 

	
  

	
12.

	
As Required. Properly maintain plants and lawns. Remove snow and ice from entrances, exterior walks, and parking lots of the building. Provide initial supply, installation, and replacement of light bulbs, tubes, ballasts, and starters. Replace worn floor coverings (this includes the moving and returning of furnishings). Control pests as appropriate, using Integrated Pest Management techniques.

 

	
7.6

	
SCHEDULE OF PERIODIC SERVICES

 

Within 60 days after occupancy by the Government, the Lessor shall provide the Contracting Officer with a detailed written schedule of all periodic services and maintenance to be performed other than daily, weekly, or monthly.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	68	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

 

	
7.7

	
LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE

 

Performance will be based on the Contracting Officer’s evaluation of results and not the frequency or the method of performance. Landscape maintenance shall be performed during the growing season on a weekly cycle and shall consist of watering, mowing, and policing the area to keep it free of debris. Pruning and fertilization shall be done on an as needed basis, In addition, dead or dying plants shall be replaced.

 

	
7.8

	
SECURITY (SEP 2000)

 

The Lessor shall provide a level of security which reasonably deters unauthorized entry to the space leased during non-duty hours and deters loitering or disruptive acts in and around the space leased. The Lessor shall ensure that security cameras and lighting are not obstructed.

 

	
7.9

	
SECURITY:  ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

 

	
  

	
A.

	

The Government reserves the right to require the Lessor to submit completed fingerprint charts and personal history statements for each employee of the Lessor as well as employees of the Lessor’s contractors or subcontractors who will provide building operating services of a continuing nature for the property in. which the leased space is located. The Government may also require this information for employees of the Lessor, the Lessor’s contractors, or subcontractors who will be engaged to perform alterations or emergency repairs for the property.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
If required, the Contracting Officer shall furnish the Lessor with Fingerprint Chart, and Statement of Personal History, to be completed for each employee and returned by the Lessor to the Contracting Officer (or the Contracting Officer’s designated representative) within 10 working days from the date of the written request to do so. Based on the information furnished, the Government will conduct security checks of the employees. The Contracting Officer will advise the Lessor in writing If an employee is found to be unsuitable or unfit for the employee’s assigned duties. Effective Immediately, such an employee cannot work or be assigned to work on the property in which the leased space is located. The Lessor shall be required to provide the same data within 10 working days from
the addition of new employee(s) to the work force. In the event the Lessor’s contractor/subcontractor is subsequently replaced, the new contractor/ subcontractor is not required to submit another set of these forms for employees who were cleared through this process while employed by the former contractor/subcontractor. The Contracting Officer may require the Lessor to submit both forms for every employee covered by this paragraph on a 3-year basis.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	69	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
7.10

	
MAINTENANCE AND TESTING OF SYSTEMS (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
The Lessor is responsible for the total maintenance and repair of the leased premises. Such maintenance and repairs include site and private access roads. All equipment and systems shall be maintained to provide reliable, energy-efficient. service without unusual interruption, disturbing noises, exposure to fire or safety hazards, uncomfortable drafts, excessive air velocities, or unusual emissions of dirt. The Lessor’s maintenance responsibility includes initial supply and replacement of all supplies, materials, and equipment necessary for such maintenance. Maintenance, testing, and inspection of appropriate equipment and systems shall be done in accordance with applicable codes, and inspection certificates shall be displayed as appropriate. Copies of all records in this regard shall
be forwarded to the GSA Field Office: Manager or a designated representative as requested during occupancy.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
Without any additional charge, the Government reserves the right to require documentation of proper operations or testing prior to occupancy of such systems as fire alarm, sprinkler, emergency generator, etc. to ensure proper operation. These tests shall be witnessed by a designated representative of the Contracting Officer.

 

	
8.10

	
SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

 

	
8.1

	
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY (MAY 2005)

 

The Lessor shall provide a valid Certificate of Occupancy, issued by the local Jurisdiction, for the intended use of the Government and shall maintain and operate the building in conformance with current local codes and ordinances. If the local jurisdiction does not issue Certificates of Occupancy, the Offeror shall obtain the services of a licensed fire protection engineer to verify the offered space meets all applicable local codes and ordinances to ensure an acceptable level of safety is provided.

 

	
8.2

	
FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY (MAY 2005)

 

Offered space shall meet or be upgraded to meet prior to occupancy, the applicable egress requirements in the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 101, Life Safety Code, or an alternative approach or method for achieving a level of safety deemed equivalent and acceptable by the Government Offered space shall provide unrestrictive access to a minimum of two remote, exits on each floor of Government occupancy. Scissor stairs shall only be counted as one approved exit. Open air exterior fire escapes shall not be counted as an approved exit.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	70	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
8.3

	
FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY (MAY 2005)AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM (MAY 2005)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
Offered space located below-grade, including parking garage areas, and all areas in a building referred to as “hazardous areas” (defined in NFPA 101) that are located within the entire building (including non-Government areas) shall be protected by an automatic fire sprinkler system or an equivalent level of safety.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
For buildings in which any portion of the offered space is on or above the sixth floor, then, at a minimum, the building up to and including the highest floor of Government occupancy shall be protected by an automatic fire sprinkler system, or an equivalent level of safety.

 

	
  

	
C.

	
For buildings in which any portion of the offered space is on or above the sixth floor, and lease of the offered space will result, either individually or in combination with other Government leases in the offered building, in the Government leasing 35,000 square feet or more ANSI/BOMA Office Area square feet of space in the offered building, than the entire building shall be protected throughout by an automatic fire sprinkler system or an equivalent level of safety.

 

	
  

	
D.

	
Automatic sprinkler system(s) shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements of the applicable local codes or NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-based Fire Protection Systems.

 

	
  

	
E.

	
Definitions:

 

	
  

	
1.

	
“Automatic sprinkler system” means an electronically supervised, integrated system of underground and overhead piping, designed in accordance with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 13, Installation of Sprinkler Systems. The system is usually activated by heat from fire and discharges water over the fire area. The system includes an adequate water supply.

	
  

	
2.

	
“Equivalent level of safety” means an alternative design or system (which may include automatic sprinkler systems), based upon fire protection engineering analysis, which achieves a level of safety equal to or greater than that provided by automatic sprinkler systems.

 

	
8.4

	
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (MAY 2005)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
A building-wide fire alarm system shall be installed in buildings in which any portion of the offered space is located 2 or more stories above the lowest level of exit discharge. The fire alarm system shall meet the installation and operational requirements of the applicable local codes and ordinances (current as of the date of this SFO) adopted by the jurisdiction in which the building is located.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	71	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
B.

	
The fire alarm system shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements of the applicable local codes or NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code. The fire alarm system wiring and equipment shall be electrically-supervised and shall automatically notify the local fire department or approved central station. Emergency power shall be provided for the fire alarm system.

 

	
8.5

	
OSHA REQUIREMENTS (SEP 2000)

 

The Lessor shall maintain buildings and space in a safe and healthful condition according to OSHA standards.

 

	
8.6

	
ASBESTOS (SEP 2000)

 

The leased space shall be free of all asbestos-containing materials, except undamaged asbestos flooring in the space or undamaged boiler or pipe insulation outside the space, in which case an asbestos management program conforming to EPA guidance shall be implemented.

 

	
8.7

	
INDOOR AIR QUALITY (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
The Lessor shall control contaminants at the source and/or operate the space in such a manner that the GSA indicator levels for carbon monoxide (CO), carbon dioxide (CO2 ), and formaldehyde (HCHO.) are not exceeded.. The indicator levels for office areas shall be: CO - 9 pm time-weighted average (TWA - 8-hour sample); CO2 - 1,000 ppm (TWA); HCHO -.0.1 ppm (TWA).

 

	
  

	
B.

	
The Lessor shall make a reasonable attempt to apply insecticides, paints, glues, adhesives, and HVAC system cleaning compounds with highly volatile or irritating organic compounds, outside of working hours. The Lessor shall provide at least 72 hours advance notice to the Government before applying noxious chemicals in occupied spaces and shall adequately ventilate those spaces during and after application.

 

	
  

	
C.

	
The Lessor shall promptly investigate indoor air quality (IAQ) complaints and shall implement the necessary controls to address the complaint.

 

	
  

	
D.

	
The Government reserves the right to conduct independent IAQ assessments and detailed studies in space that it occupies, as well as in space serving the Government-demised area (e.g., common use areas, mechanical rooms, HVAC systems, etc.). The Lessor shall assist the Government in its assessments and detailed studies by 1) making available information on building operations and Lessor activities; 2) providing access to space for assessment and testing, if required; and 3) implementing corrective measures required by the Contracting Officer.

 

	
  

	
E.

	
The Lessor shall provide to the Government material safety data sheets (MSDS) upon request for the following products prior to their use during the term of the lease: adhesives, caulking, sealants, insulating materials, fireproofing or firestopping materials, paints, carpets, floor and wall patching or leveling materials, lubricants, dear finish for wood surfaces, janitorial cleaning products, pesticides, rodenticides, and herbicides. The Government reserves the right to review such products used by the Lessor within 1) the Government-demised area; 2) common building areas; 3) ventilation systems and zones serving the leased space; and 4) the area above suspended ceilings and engineering space in the same ventilation zone as the leased space.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	72	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

 

	
8.8

	
RADON IN AIR (SEP 2000)

 

If space planned for occupancy by the Government Is on the second floor above grade or lower, the Lessor shall, prior to occupancy, test the leased space for 2 days to 3 days using charcoal canisters or electretion chambers to ensure that radon in air levels are below EPA’s action concentration of 4 picoCuries per liter. After the initial testing, a follow-up test for a minimum of 90 days using alpha track detectors or electretion chambers shall be completed.

 

	
8.9

	
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS (OCT 1996)

 

The leased space shall be free of hazardous materials according to applicable’ federal, state, and local environmental regulations.

 

	
8.10

	
RECYCLING (SEP 2000)

 

Where state and/or local law, code, or ordinance require recycling programs for the space to be provided pursuant to this SFO, the successful Offeror shall comply with such state and/or local law, code, or ordinance in accordance with GSA Form 3517, General

 

Clauses, 552.270-8, Compliance with Applicable Law. In all other cases, the successful Offeror shall establish a recycling program in the leased space where local markets for recovered materials exist. The Lessor agrees, upon request, to provide the Government with additional information concerning recycling programs maintained In the building and in the leased space.

 

	
9.0

	 	
TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

 

	
9.1

	
TENANT IMPROVEMENTS PRIOR TO THE GOVERNMENTS INITIAL ACCEPTANCE OF SPACE (SEP 2000)

 

	
  

	
A.

	
The Lessor is required to provide cost or pricing data in conjunction with the Tenant Improvements as specified by the Government in GSA Form 3517, General Clauses.

 

	
  

	
B.

	
In lieu of submitting detailed cost or pricing data and entering into negotiations to determine a final cost for the subject work, the Government (in accordance with FAR 15.403) is willing to accept a price based upon the results of a competitive proposal process if the following conditions are met

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	73	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
1.

	
The Lessor shall submit to the Government a proposal for overhead, profit, and architectural-engineering fees, permits, and regulatory fees for all Tenant Improvements.

 

	
  

	
a.

	
This will be negotiated and agreed upon prior to the award for the subject improvements (separate from lease award).

 

	
  

	
2.

	
The scope of work includes the lease, the SFO, all SFO attachments, the construction drawings/documents, and written specifications. In cases of discrepancies, the Lessor shall immediately notify the Contracting Officer for resolution. All differences will be. resolved by the Contracting Officer In accordance with the terms and conditions of the lease,

 

	
  

	
3.

	
No building shell items shall be included in the competitive proposal.

 

	
  

	
4.

	
A minimum of three qualified contractors shall be Invited to participate in the competitive proposal process. Each participant shall compete Independently In the process.

 

	
  

	
5.

	
Each proposal shall be 1) submitted in Construction Specifications Institute. (CSI) format by the proposed contractors and 2) reviewed by the Government The Government reserves the right to determine if bids meet with the scope of work, that the price is reasonable, and that the Offeror is qualified to perform the work. The Government reserves the right to reject all bids, at its sole discretion.

 

	
  

	
6.

	
The Government shall be represented at all negotiation sessions between the Lessor and potential contractors.

 

	
  

	
7.

	
The Lessor shall demonstrate to the Government that best efforts. have been made to obtain the most competitive prices possible, and the Lessor shall accept responsibility for all prices through direct contracts with all contractors.

 

	
  

	
8.

	
The Lessor shall complete the competition and the cost proposal process in 10 working days or less from the date of issuance of completed construction documents.

 

	
  

	
9.

	
Once the Government determines that there is adequate competition, and upon the Government’s acceptance of the Lessor’s cost proposal based upon that competition (provided the Lessor selects the competition’s lowest priced bid of a contractor qualified to perform the subject work), the Contracting Officer shall issue to the Lessor a notice to proceed for the subject work.

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	74	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
10.

	
The Lessor shall complete the work within the time frame requirements illustrated in the “Construction Schedule of Tenant Improvements” paragraph In the MISCELLANEOUS section of this SFO.

 

 

 

 

	SFO NO. 4TX0510	75	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	7/26/2005 	 	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

 

  

 

  

 

TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE

BUREAU OF PRISONS (BOP)

 

PARKING REQUIREMENTS

 

- 125 spaces required.

 

	
  

	
10 spaces fully secured with only BOP Staff Access for Government Vehicles.

 

	
  

	
79 spaces in secured area for BOP staff vehicles.

 

	
  

	
36 remaining spaces for staff and visitor parking.

 

SECURITY REQUIREMENTS

 

	
  

	
- Special mag locks for entrance doors and Security Background. & Investigation Section (SBIS)

 

	
  

	
- Burglar alarm system for perimeter of Federal Bureau of Prisons space and SBIS area.

 

	
  

	
- Elevator card readers to allow only BOP employees access to space/floors.

 

	
  

	
- Foyer or office area to screen visitors prior to entering primary BOP office space or floors.

 

	
  

	
This feature is necessary due to the type of clientele we service.

 

 

SPECIAL FLOOR SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS

 

	
  

	
- There are four areas with special floor support: Fitness Center, SBIS File Room, Financial Management Storage Room, and Facilities File/Print Room.

 

	
  

	
- The requirement is for 125 psf per area.

 

 

FIRE SPRINKLER REQUIREMENTS

 

- Fire Sprinklers are required throughout the building and office area.

 

- Fire Sprinklers are required in the SBIS File Room and Facilities Project File/Blueprint area.

 

 

RESTROOM

 

- Separate showers for men and women are required for use with the Fitness Center.

 

 

  

 

  

AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING REQUIREMENTS

SP-4

BUREAU OF PRISONS

 

 

Most of our equipment consists of PC compatible computers requiring standard office power outlets that have power surge protection and line filters.

 

The main computer room which will contain file servers, workstations, switches, routers, and other similar equipment must have its own separate air-conditioning system since most building systems are reduced or “cut-off’ over the weekend. This can cause major heat problems, especially over long weekends during summer months. The air-conditioning system must operate 24 hours per day, seven days per week.

 

The main computer room needs to be a separate lockable room.

 

The main computer room must have a minimum of 12 dedicated NEMA 5-20 circuits (commercial grade, duplex receptacle, isolated ground).

 

The building will have to be wired with cat Sc or cat 6 data cables with a minimum of 2 RJ-45 receptacles, in each office, terminating back to a cabinet enclosed rack patch panel in the main computer room. Any cable run exceeding 300 ft must use 12 strand multi-mode fiber optic cable.

 

The computer lab must be of sufficient size to accommodate 16 student work areas, one A/V system, and two resource workstations. A minimum of 16 cat 5e 05 cat 6 drops connecting to the main computer room is required. A minimum of 12 quad receptacle outlets are required, no more than 2 per 20 amp circuit. Raised flooring is required.

 

 

  

 

  

 

SOLICITATION PROVISIONS

(Acquisition of Leasehold Interests in Real Property)

 

 

	
1.

	
552.270-1 - INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS –ACQUISITION OF LEASEHOLD INTERESTS IN REAL PROPERTY (MAR 1998)

 

(a)           Definitions. As used in this provision -

 

“Discussions” are negotiations that occur after establishment of the competitive range that may, at the Contracting Officer’s discretion, result in the offeror being allowed to revise its proposal.

 

“In writing” or “written” means any worded or numbered expression which can be read, reproduced, and later communicated, and includes electronically transmitted and stored information.

 

“Proposal modification” is a change made to a proposal before the solicitation’s closing date and time, or made in response to an amendment, or made to correct a mistake at any time before award.

 

“Proposal revision” is a change to a proposal made after the solicitation closing date, at the request of or as allowed by a Contracting Officer as the result of negotiations.

 

“Time,” if stated as a number of days, is calculated using calendar days, unless otherwise specified, and will include Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays. However, if the last day falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, then the period shall include the next working day.

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Amendments to solicitations. If this solicitation is amended, all terms and conditions that are not amended remain unchanged. Offerors shall acknowledge receipt of any amendment to this solicitation by the date and time specified in the amendment(s).

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Submission, modification, revision, and withdrawal of proposals.

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Unless other methods (e.g., electronic commerce or facsimile) are permitted in the solicitation, proposals and modifications to proposals shall be submitted in paper media in sealed envelopes or packages. Offers must be:

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Submitted on the forms prescribed and furnished by the Government as a part of this solicitation or on copies of those forms, and

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Signed. The person signing an offer must initial each erasure or change appearing on any offer form. If the offeror is a partnership, the names of the partners composing the firm must be included with the offer.

 

 

GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 1 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Late proposals and revisions.

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
The Government will not consider any proposal received at the office designated in the solicitation after the exact time specified for receipt of offers unless it is received before the Government makes award and it meets at least one of the following conditions:

 

	
  

	
(A)

	
It was sent by registered or certified mail not later than the 5th calendar day before the date specified for receipt of offers (e.g., an offer submitted in response to a solicitation requiring receipt of offers by the 20th of the month must have been mailed by the 15th).

 

	
  

	
(B)

	
It was sent by mail (or telegram or facsimile, if authorized) or hand-carried (including delivery by a commercial carrier) if it is determined by the Government that the late receipt was due primarily to Government mishandling after receipt at the Government installation.

 

	
  

	
(C)

	
It was sent by U.S. Postal Service Express Mail Next Day Service-Post Office to Addressee, not later than 5:00 p.m at the place of mailing two working days prior to the date specified for receipt of proposals. The term “working days” excludes weekends and U.S. Federal holidays.

 

	
  

	
(D)

	
It was transmitted through an electronic commerce method authorized by the solicitation and was received at the initial, point of entry to the Government infrastructure not later than 5:00 p.m. one working day prior to the date specified for receipt of proposals.

 

	
  

	
(E)

	
There is acceptable evidence to establish that it was received at the activity designated for receipt of offers and was under the Government’s control prior to the time set for receipt of offers, and the Contracting Officer determines that accepting the late offer would not unduly delay the procurement.

 

	
  

	
(F)

	
It is the only proposal received.

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Any modification or revision of a proposal or response to request for information, including any final proposal revision, is subject to the same conditions as in subparagraphs (c)(2)(i)(A) through (c)(2)(i)(E) of this provision.

 

GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 2 (REV 12/03)

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
(iii) 

	
The only acceptable evidence to establish the date of mailing of a late proposal or modification or revision sent either by registered or certified mail is the U.S. or Canadian Postal Service postmark both on the envelope or wrapper and on the original receipt from the U.S. or Canadian Postal Service. Both postmarks must show a legible date or the proposal, response to a request for information, or modification or revision shall be processed as if mailed late. “Postmark” means a printed, stamped, or otherwise placed impression (exclusive of a postage meter machine impression) that is readily identifiable without further action as having been supplied and affixed by employees of the U.S. or Canadian Postal Service on the date of mailing. Therefore, offerors of respondents should
request the postal clerk to place a legible hand cancellation: bull’s eye postmark on both the receipt and the envelope or wrapper. 

 

          

	
  

	
(iv)

	
Acceptable evidence to establish the time of receipt at the Government installation includes the time/date stamp of that installation on the proposal wrapper, other documentary evidence of receipt maintained by the installation, or oral testimony or statements of Government personnel.

 

	
  

	
(v)

	
The only acceptable evidence to establish the date of mailing of a late offer, modification or revision, or withdrawal sent by Express Mail Next Day Service-Post Office to Addressee is the date entered by the post office receiving clerk on the “Express Mail Next Day Service-Post Office to Addressee” label and the postmark on both the envelope or wrapper and on the original receipt from the U.S. Postal Service. “Postmark” has the same meaning as defined in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this provision, excluding postmarks of the Canadian Postal Service. Therefore, offerors or respondents should request the postal clerk to place a legible hand cancellation bull’s eye postmark on both the receipt and the envelope or wrapper.

 

	
  

	
(vi)

	
Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this provision, a late modification or revision of an otherwise successful proposal that makes its terms more favorable to the Government will be considered at any time it is received and may be accepted.

 

	
  

	
(vii)

	
An offeror may withdraw its proposal by written notice or telegram (including mailgram) received at any time before award. If the solicitation authorizes facsimile proposals, an offeror may withdraw its proposal via facsimile received at any time before award, subject to the conditions specified in the provision entitled “Facsimile Proposals.” Proposals may be withdrawn in person by an offeror or an authorized representative, if the representative’s identity is made known and the representative signs a receipt for the proposal before award.

 

 

GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 3 (REV 12/03)

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
(viii)

	
If an emergency or unanticipated event interrupts normal Government processes so that proposals cannot be received at the office designated for receipt of proposals by the exact time specified in the solicitation, and urgent Government requirements preclude amendment of the solicitation or other notice of an extension of the closing date, the time specified for receipt of proposals will be deemed to be extended to the same time of day specified in the solicitation on the first work day on which normal Government processes’ resume. If no time is specified in the solicitation, the time for receipt is 4:30 p.m., local time, for the designated Government office.

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
Any information, given to a prospective offeror concerning this solicitation will be furnished promptly to all other prospective offerors, if that information is necessary in submitting offers or if the lack of it would be prejudicial to any other prospective offeror.

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
Offerors may submit modifications to their proposals at any time before the solicitation closing date and time, and may submit modifications in response to an amendment, or to correct a mistake at any time before award.

 

	
  

	
(5)

	
Offerors may submit revised proposals only if requested or allowed by the Contracting Officer.

 

	
  

	
(6)

	
The Government will construe an offer to be in full and complete compliance with this solicitation unless the offer describes any deviation in the offer.

 

	
  

	
(7)

	
Offerors may submit proposals that depart from stated requirements. Such a proposal shall clearly identify why. the acceptance of the proposal would be advantageous to the Government. The proposal must clearly identify and explicitly define any deviations from the terms and conditions of the solicitation, as well as the comparative advantage to the Government. The Government reserves the right to amend the solicitation to allow all offerors an opportunity to submit revised proposals based on the revised requirements

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Restriction on disclosure and use of data. An offeror that includes in its proposal data that it does not want disclosed to the public for any purpose, or used by the Government except for evaluation purposes, must meet both of the following conditions:

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Mark the title page with the following legend:

 

GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 4 (REV 12/03)

  

 

  

 

This proposal includes data that shall not be disclosed outside the Government and shall not be duplicated, used, or disclosed—in whole or in part—for any purpose other than to evaluate this proposal. If, however, a lease is awarded to this offeror as a result of—or in connection with the submission of this data, the Government shall have the right to duplicate, use, or disclose the data to the extent provided in the resulting contract.

 

This restriction does not limit the Government’s right to use information contained in this data if it is obtained from another source without restriction. The data subject to this restriction are contained in sheets [insert numbers or other identification of sheets].

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Mark each sheet of data it wishes to restrict with the following legend:

 

Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page of this proposal.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Lease award.

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The Government intends to award a lease; resulting from this solicitation to the responsible offeror whose proposal represents the best value after evaluation in accordance with the factors and subfactors in the solicitation.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The Government may reject any or all proposals if such action is in the Government’s interest.

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
The Government may waive informalities and minor irregularities in proposals received.

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
The Government intends to evaluate proposals and award a lease after conducting discussions with offerors whose proposals have been determined to be within the competitive range. If the Contracting Officer determines that the number of proposals that would otherwise be in the competitive range exceeds the number at which an efficient competition can be conducted, the Contracting Officer may limit the number of proposals in the competitive range to the greatest number that will permit an efficient competition among the most highly rated proposals. Therefore, the offeror’s initial proposal should contain the offeror’s best terms from a price and technical standpoint.

 

	
  

	
(5)

	
Exchanges with offerors after receipt of a proposal do not constitute a rejection or counteroffer by the Government.

 

	
  

	
(6)

	
The Government may determine that a proposal is unacceptable if the prices proposed are materially unbalanced between line items or subline items. Unbalanced pricing exists when, despite an acceptable total evaluated price, the price of one or more contract line items is significantly overstated or understated as indicated by the application of cost or price analysis techniques. A proposal may be rejected if the Contracting Officer determines that the lack of balance poses an unacceptable risk to the Government.

 

GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 5 (REV 12/03)

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
(7)

	
The unconditional written acceptance of an offer establishes a valid contract,

 

 

	
  

	
(8)

	
The Government may disclose the following information in postaward debriefings to other offerors:

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
The overall evaluated cost or price and technical rating of the successful offeror,

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
The overall ranking of all offerors, when any ranking was developed by the agency during source selection; and

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
A summary of the rationale for award.

 

	
2.

	
52.222-24 - PREAWARD ON-SITE EQUAL OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE EVALUATION (FEB 1999)

 

If a contract in the amount of $10 million or more will result from this solicitation, the prospective Contractor and its known first-tier subcontractors with anticipated subcontracts of $10 million or more shall be subject to a preaward compliance evaluation by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP), unless, within the preceding 24 months, OFCCP has conducted an evaluation and found the prospective Contractor and subcontractors to be in compliance with Executive Order 11246.

 

	
3.

	
552.270-3 - PARTIES TO EXECUTE LEASE (SEP 1999)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
If the lease is executed by an attorney, agent, or trustee on behalf of the Lessor, an authenticated copy of his power of attorney, or other evidence to act on behalf of the Lessor, must accompany the lease.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
If the Lessor is a partnership, the lease must be signed with the partnership name, followed by the name of the legally authorized partner signing the same, and, if requested by the Government, a copy of either the partnership agreement or current Certificate of Limited Partnership shall accompany the lease.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
If the Lessor is a corporation, the lease must be signed with the corporate name, followed by the signature and title of the officer or other person signing the lease on its behalf, duly attested, and, if requested by the Government, evidence of this authority so to act shall be furnished.

 

	
4.

	
4, 52.233-2 - SERVICE OF PROTEST (AUG 1996) (VARIATION)

 

(Applies to leases over $100,000 average net annual rental, including option periods.)

 

GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 6 (REV 12/03)

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Protests, as defined in section 33.101 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation, that are filed directly with an agency, and copies of any protests that are filed with the General Accounting Office (GAO), shall be served on the Contracting Officer by obtaining written and dated acknowledgment of receipt from the Contracting Officer at the address shown elsewhere in this solicitation.

 

(b)           The copy of any protest shall be received in the office designated above within one day of filing a protest with the GAO.

 

	
5.

	
5. 552.233-70 - PROTESTS FILED DIRECTLY WITH THE GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION (MAR 2000)

 

(Applies to. leases over $100,000 average net annual rental, including option periods.)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
The following definitions apply in this provision:

 

“Agency Protest Official for GSA” means the official in the Office of Acquisition Policy designated to review and decide procurement protests filed with GSA.

 

“Deciding official” means the person chosen by the protester to decide the agency protest. The deciding official may be either the Contracting Officer or the Agency Protest Official.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The filing time frames in FAR 33.103(e) apply. An agency protest is filed When the protest complaint is received at the location the solicitation designates for serving protests. GSA’s hours of operation are 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Protests delivered after 4:30 p.m. will be considered received and filed the following business day.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
A protest filed directly with the General Services Administration (GSA) must:

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Indicate that it is a protest to the agency.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Be filed with the Contracting Officer.

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
State whether the protester chooses to have the Contracting Officer or the Agency Protest Official for GSA decide the protest. If the protest is silent on this matter, the Contracting Officer will decide the protest.

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
Indicate whether the protester prefers to make an oral presentation, a written presentation, or an oral presentation confirmed in writing, of arguments in support of the protest to the deciding official.

 

	
  

	
(5)

	
Include the information required by FAR 33.103(d)(2):

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Name, address, fax number, and telephone number of the protester.

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Solicitation or contract number.

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
Detailed statement of the legal and factual grounds for the protest, to include a description of resulting prejudice to the protester.

 

GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 7 (REV 12/03)

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
(n+) Copies of relevant documents.

 

	
  

	
(v)

	
Request for a ruling by the agency.

      

	
  

	
(vi)

	
Statement as to the form of relief requested.

 

	
  

	
(vii)

	
All information establishing that the protester is an interested party for the purpose of filing a protest.

 

	
  

	
(viii)

	
All information establishing the timeliness of the protest (see paragraph (b) of this provision).

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
An interested party filing a protest with GSA has the choice of requesting either that the Contracting Officer or the Agency Protest Official for GSA decide the protest.

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
The decision by the Agency Protest Official for GSA is an alternative to a decision by the Contracting Officer. The Agency Protest Official for GSA will not consider appeals from the Contracting Officer’s decision on an agency protest.

 

	
  

	
(f)

	
The deciding official must conduct a scheduling conference with the protester within three (3) days after the protest is filed. The scheduling conference will establish deadlines for oral or written arguments in support of the agency protest and for agency officials to present information in response to the protest issues. The deciding official may hear oral arguments in support of the agency protest at the same time as the scheduling conference, depending on availability of the necessary parties.

 

	
  

	
(g)

	
Oral conferences may take place either by telephone or in person. Other parties (e.g., representatives of the program office) may attend at the discretion of the deciding official.

 

	
  

	
(h)

	
The following procedures apply to information submitted in support of or in response to an agency protest:

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The protester and the agency have only one opportunity to support or explain the substance of the protest (either orally, in writing, or orally confirmed in writing).

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
GSA procedures do not provide for any discovery.

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
The deciding official has discretion to request additional information from either the agency or the protester. However, the deciding official will normally decide protests on the basis of information provided by the protester and the agency.

 

GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 8 (REV 12/03)

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
Except as provided in paragraph (5)(ii) below, the parties are encouraged, but not required, to exchange information submitted to the Agency Protest Official for GSA.

 

	
  

	
(5)

	
If the agency makes a written response to the protest, the following filing requirements apply:

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
The agency must file its response to the protest with the deciding official within five (5) days after the filing of the protest.

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
The agency must also provide the protester with a copy of the response on the same day it files the response with the deciding official. If the agency believes it needs to redact or withhold any information in the response from the protester, it must obtain the approval of the deciding official.

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
The deciding official will resolve the protest through informal presentations or meetings to the maximum extent practicable.

 

	
  

	
(j)

	
An interested party may represent itself or be represented by legal counsel. GSA will not reimburse the party for any legal fees related to the agency protest.

 

	
  

	
(k)

	
GSA will stay award or suspend contract performance; in accordance with FAR 33.103(f). The stay or suspension; unless over-ridden, remains in effect until the protest is decided, dismissed, or withdrawn.

 

	
  

	
(l)

	
The deciding official will make a best effort to issue a decision on the protest within twenty- eight (28) days after the filing date. The decision may be oral or written. If the decision is communicated orally to the protester, the deciding official will confirm in writing within three (3) days after the decision.

 

	
  

	
(m)

	
GSA may dismiss or stay proceedings on an agency protest if a protest on the same or similar basis is filed with a protest forum outside of GSA.

 

	
6.

	
52.215-5 - FACSIMILE PROPOSALS (OCT 1997)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Definition. “Facsimile proposal,” as used in this provision, means a proposal, revision or modification of a proposal, or withdrawal of a proposal that is transmitted to and received by the Government via facsimile machine.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Offerors may submit facsimile proposals as responses to this solicitation. Facsimile proposals are subject to the same rules as paper. proposals.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
The telephone number of receiving facsimile equipment is: (insert telephone number].

 

GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 9 (REV 12/03)

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
If any portion of a facsimile proposal received by the Contracting Officer is unreadable to the degree that conformance to the essential requirements of the solicitation cannot be ascertained from the document.

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The Contracting Officer immediately shall notify the offeror and permit the offeror to resubmit the proposal;

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The method and time for resubmission shall be prescribed by the Contracting Officer after consultation with the offeror; and

       

	
  

	
(3)

	
The resubmission shall be considered as if it were received at the date and time of the original unreadable submission for the purpose of determining timeliness, provided the offeror, complies with the time and format requirements for resubmission prescribed by the Contracting Officer.

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
The Government reserves the right to make award solely on the facsimile proposal. However, if requested to do so by the Contracting Officer, the apparently successful offeror promptly shall submit the complete original signed proposal.

 

	
7.

	
FLOOD PLAINS AND WETLANDS (APR 1984)

 

An award of contract will not be made for a property located within a base flood plain or wetland unless the Government has determined it to be the only practicable alternative.

 

GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 10 (REV 12/03)

  

 

  

 

	
 

GENERAL CLAUSES

 

(Acquisition of Leasehold Interests in Real Property

 

 

	
   CATEGORY

 

	
    Clause No.

	
    48 C.F.R. Ref.

	
Clause Title

	
DEFINITIONS GENERAL

	
1

2

3

4

	
555.270-4

555.270-5

555.270-11

555.270-23

	
Definitions

Subletting and Assignment

Successors Bound’

Subordination , Nondisturbance and Attonement

 

	  	
5

6

7

8

9

	
555.270-24

555.270-25

555.270-26

555.270-27

555.270-28

	
Statement of Lease

Substitution of Tenant Agency

No Waiver

Integrated Agreement

Mutuality of Obligation

 

	
PERFORMANCE

	
10

11

	
555.270-17

555.270-18

	
Delivery and Condition

Default in Delivery - Time Extensions (Variation)

 

	  	
12

13

14

	
555.270-19

555.270-21

555.270-6

	
Progressive Occupancy

Effect of Acceptance and Occupancy

Maintenance of Building and Premises-Right of Entry

	  	
15

16

17

18

19

20

	
555.270-10

555.270-22

555.270-7

555.270-8

555.270-12

555.270-29

	
Failure in Performance

Default by Lessor During the Term

Fire and Casualty Damage

Compliance with Applicable Law

Alterations

Acceptance of Space

 

	
INSPECTION

	
21

	
555.270-9

	
Inspection-Right of Entry

 

	
PAYMENT

	
22

23

24

25

26

	
555.232-75

555.232-76

555.232-70

52.232-23

555.232-20

	
Prompt Payment

Electronic Funds Transfer Payment

Invoice Requirements

Assignment of Claims

Payment (Variation)

 

	
STANDARDS OF CONDUCT

	
27

28

29

	
552-203-5

552-203-7

552-223-6

	
Covenant Against Contingent Fees

Anti-Kickback Procedures

Drug-Free Workplace

 

	
ADJUSTMENTS

	
30

	
552-203-70

	
Price Adjustment for Illegal or Improper Activity

	  	
31

	
52.215-10

	
Price Reduction for Defective Cost or Pricing Data

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 
GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 1 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

  

 

	
AUDITS

	
32

33

34

35

	
552-270-13

552-270-14

552-215-70

52.215-2

	
Proposals for Adjustment

Changes (Variation)

Examination of Records by GSA

Audit and Records--Negotiation

 

	
DISPUTES

	
36

	
52.233-1

	
Disputes

 

	
LABOR STANDARDS

	
37

38

	
52.222-26

52.222-24

	
Equal Opportunity

Preaward On- Site Equal Opportunity Compliance Evaluation

 

	  	
39

40

	
52.222-21

52.222-35

	
Prohibition of Segregated Facilities

Equal Opportunity for Special Disabled Veterans, Veterans of the Vietnam Era and Other Eligible Veterans

 

	  	
41

	
52.222-36

	
Affirmative Acton for Workers with Disabilities

 

	  	
42

	
52.222-37

	
Employment Reports on Special Disabled Veterans , Veterans of the Vietnam Era and Other Eligible Veterans

 

	
SUBCONTRACTING

	
43

	
52.209-6

	
Protecting the Government’s Interest

When Subcontracting With Contractors Debarred,  Suspended, or Proposed for Debarment

 

	  	
44

45

46

47

	
52.215.12

52.219-8

52.219-9

52.219-16

	
Subcontractor Cost or Pricing Data

Utilization of Small Business Concerns

Small Business Subcontracting Plan

Liquidated Damages-Subcontracting

Plan

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 
GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 2 (REV 12/03)

  

 

  

 

GENERAL CLAUSES

(Acquisition of Leasehold interests in Real Property)

 

 

	
1.

	
552.270-4 - DEFINITIONS. (SEP 1999)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
The following terms and phrases (except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this lease shall have the respective meanings hereinafter specified:

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
“Commencement Date” means the first day of the term.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
“Contract” and “Contractor” means “Lease” and “Lessor,” respectively.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
“Contracting Officer” means a person with the authority to enter into, administer, and/or terminate contracts and make related determinations and findings. The term includes certain authorized representatives of the Contracting Officer acting within the limits of their authority as delegated by the Contracting Officer.

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
“Delivery Date” means the date specified in or determined pursuant to the provisions of this lease for delivery of the premises to the Government, improved in accordance with the provisions of this lease and substantially complete, as such date may be modified in accordance with the provisions of this lease.

 

	
  

	
(f)

	
“Delivery Time” means the number of days provided by this lease for delivery of the premises to the Government, as such number may be modified in accordance with the provisions of this lease.

 

	
  

	
(g)

	
“Excusable Delays” mean delays arising without the fault or negligence of Lessor and Lessor’s subcontractors and suppliers at any tier, and shall include, without limitation, (1) acts of God or of the public enemy, (2) acts of the United States of America in either its sovereign or contractual capacity, (3) acts of another contractor in the performance of a contract with the Government, (4) fires, (5) floods, (6) epidemics, (7) quarantine restrictions, (8) strikes, (9) freight embargoes, (10) unusually severe weather, or (11) delays of subcontractors or suppliers at any tier arising from unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of both the Lessor and any such subcontractor or supplier.

 

	
  

	
(h)

	
“Lessor” means the sub-lessor if this lease is a sublease:

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
“Lessor shall provide” means the Lessor shall furnish and install at Lessor’s expense.

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 3 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
(j)

	
“Notice” means written notice sent by certified or registered mail, Express Mail or comparable service, or delivered by hand. Notice shall be effective on the date delivery is accepted or refused.

 

	
  

	
(k)

	
“Premises” means the space described on the Standard Form 2, U.S. Government Lease for Real Property, of this lease.

 

	
  

	
(l)

	
“Substantially complete” and “substantial completion” means that the work, the common and other areas of the building, and all other things necessary for the Government’s access to the premises and occupancy, possession, use and enjoyment thereof, as provided in this lease, have been completed or obtained, excepting only such minor matters as do not interfere with or materially diminish such access, occupancy, possession, use or enjoyment.

 

	
  

	
(m)

	
“Work” means all alterations, improvements, modifications, and other things required for the preparation or continued occupancy of the premises by the Government as specified in this lease.

 

	
2.

	
552.270-5 - SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNMENT (SEP 1999)

 

The Government may sublet any part of the premises but shall not be relieved from any obligations under this lease by reason of any such subletting. The Government may at any . time assign this lease, and be relieved from all obligations to Lessor under this lease excepting only unpaid rent and other liabilities, if any, that have accrued to the date of said assignment. Any assignment shall be subject to prior written consent of Lessor, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

	
3.

	
552.270-11 SUCCESSORS BOUND (SEP 1999)

 

This lease shall bind, and inure to the benefit of, the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns.

 

	
4.

	
552.270-23 - SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT (SEP 1999)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Lessor warrants that it holds such title to or other interest in the premises and other property as is necessary to the Government’s access to the premises and full use and enjoyment thereof in accordance with the provisions of this lease. Government agrees, in consideration of the warranties and conditions set forth in this clause, that this lease is subject and subordinate to any and all recorded mortgages,. deeds of trust and other liens now or hereafter existing or imposed upon the premises, and to any renewal, modification or extension thereof. It is the intention of the parties that this provision shall be self-operative and that no further instrument shall be required to effect the present or subsequent subordination of this lease. Government agrees, however, within twenty (20)
business days; next following the Contracting Officer’s receipt of a written demand, to execute such instruments as Lessor may reasonably request to evidence further the subordination of this lease to any existing or future mortgage, deed of trust or other security interest pertaining to the premises, and to any water, sewer or access easement necessary or desirable to serve the premises or adjoining property owned in whole or in part by Lessor if such easement does not interfere with the full enjoyment of any right granted the Government under this lease.

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 4 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

  

	
  

	
(b)

	
No such subordination, to either existing or future mortgages, deeds of trust or other lien or security instrument shall operate to affect adversely any right of the Government under this lease so long as the Government is not in default under this lease. Lessor will include in any future mortgage, deed of trust or other security instrument to which this lease becomes subordinate, or in a, separate nondisturbance agreement, a provision to the foregoing effect. Lessor warrants that the holders of all notes or other obligations secured by existing mortgages, deeds of trust or other security instruments have consented to the provisions of this clause, and agrees to provide true copies of all such consents to the Contracting Officer promptly upon demand.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
In the event of any sale of the premises or any portion thereof by foreclosure of the lien of any such mortgage, deed of trust or other security instrument, or the giving of a deed in lieu of foreclosure, the Government will be deemed to have attorned to any purchaser, purchasers, transferee or transferees of the premises or any portion thereof and. its or their successors and assigns and any such purchasers. and transferees will be deemed to have assumed all obligations of the Lessor under this lease, so as to establish direct privity of estate and. contract between Government and such purchasers or transferees, with the same force, effect and relative priority in time and right as if the lease had initially been entered into between such purchasers or transferees and the Government;
provided, further, that the Contracting Officer and such purchasers or transferees shall, with reasonable promptness following any such sale or deed delivery in lieu of foreclosure, execute all such revisions to this lease, or other writings, as shall be necessary to document the foregoing relationship.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
None of the foregoing provisions may be deemed or construed to imply a waiver of the Government’s rights as a sovereign.

 

	
5.

	
552.270-24 - STATEMENT OF LEASE (AUG 1999)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
The Contracting Officer will, within, thirty (30) days ;next following, the Contracting Officer’s receipt of a joint written request from Lessor and a prospective lender or purchaser of the building, execute and deliver to Lessor a letter stating that the same is issued subject to the conditions stated in this clause and, if such is the case, that (1) the lease is in full force and effect; (2) the data to which the rent and other charges have been paid in advance, if any; (3) whether any notice of default has been issued.

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 5 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

  

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Letters issued pursuant to this clause are subject to the following conditions:

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
That they are based solely upon a reasonably diligent review of the Contracting Officer’s lease file as of the’ date of issuance;

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
That the Government shall not be held liable because of any defect in or condition of the premises or building;

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
That the Contracting Officer does not warrant or represent that the premises or building comply with applicable Federal, State and local. law; and.

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
That the Lessor, and each prospective lender and purchaser are deemed to have constructive notice of such facts as would be ascertainable by reasonable prepurchase and precommitment inspection of the Premises and Building and by inquiry to appropriate Federal, State and local Government officials.

 

	
6.

	
552.270-25 - SUBSTITUTION OF TENANT AGENCY (SEP 1999)

 

The Government may, at any time and from time to time, substitute any Government agency or agencies for the Government agency or agencies, if any, named in the lease.

 

	
7.

	
552.270-26 -. NO WAIVER (SEP 1999)

 

No failure by either party to insist upon the strict performance of any provision of this lease or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof, and no acceptance of full or partial rent or other performance by either party during the continuance of any such breach shall constitute a waiver of any such breach of such provision.

 

	
8.

	
552.270.27 - INTEGRATED AGREEMENT (SEP 1999)

 

This Lease, upon execution, contains the entire agreement of the parties and no prior written or oral agreement, express or implied, shall be admissible to contradict the provisions of the Lease.

 

	
9.

	
552.270-28 - MUTUALITY OF OBLIGATION (SEP 1999)

 

The obligations and covenants of the Lessor, and the Government’s obligation to pay rent and other Government obligations and covenants, arising under or related to this Lease, are interdependent. The Government may, upon issuance. of and delivery to Lessor of a final decision asserting a claim against Lessor, set off such claim, in whole or in part, as against any payment or payments then or thereafter due the Lessor under this lease. No setoff pursuant to this clause shall constitute a breach by the Government of this lease.

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 6 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

  

 

	
10.

	
552.270-17 - DELIVERY AND CONDITION (SEP 1999)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Unless the Government elects to have the space occupied in increments, the space must be delivered ready for occupancy as a complete unit. The Government reserves the right to determine when the space is substantially complete.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
If the premises do not in every respect comply with the provisions of this lease the Contracting Officer may, in accordance with the Failure in Performance clause of this lease, elect to reduce the rent payments.

 

	
11.

	
552.270-18 - DEFAULT IN DELIVERY - TIME EXTENSIONS (SEP 1999) (VARIATION)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
With respect to Lessor’s obligation to deliver the premises substantially complete by the delivery date, time is of the essence. If the Lessor fails to work diligently to ensure its substantial completion by the delivery date or fails to substantially complete the work by such date, the Government may by notice to the Lessor terminate this lease. Such termination is effective when received by. Lessor. The Lessor and the Lessor’s sureties, if any, are jointly and severally liable for any  damages to the Government resulting from such termination, as provided in this clause. The Government shall be entitled to the following damages:

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The Government’s aggregate rent and estimated real estate tax and operating cost adjustments for the firm term and all option terms of its replacement lease or leases, in excess of the aggregate rent and estimated real estate tax and operating cost adjustments for the term. if the Government procures replacement premises for a term (including .all option terms) in excess of this term, the Lessor is not liable for excess Government rent or adjustments during such excess lease term.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
All administrative and other costs. the Government incurs in procuring a replacement lease or leases.

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
Other, additional relief provided for in this lease; at law, or in equity.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Damages to which the Government is entitled to under this clause are due and payable thirty (30) days following the date Lessor receives notice from the Contracting Officer specifying such damages.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Delivery by Lessor of less than the minimum ANSI/BOMA Office Area square footage required by this lease shall in no event be construed as substantial completion, except as the Contracting Officer permits.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
The Government shall not terminate this lease under this clause nor charge the Lessor with damages under this clause, if (1) the delay in substantially completing the work arises from excusable delays and (2) the Lessor within 10 days from the beginning of any such delay (unless extended in writing by the Contracting Officer) provides notice to the Contracting Officer of the causes of delay. The Contracting Officer shall ascertain the facts and the, extent of delay the facts warrant, the Contracting Officer shall extend the delivery date, to the extent of such delay at no additional costs to the Government. A time extension is the sole remedy of the Lessor.

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 7 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

  

 

	
12.

	
552.270-19 - PROGRESSIVE OCCUPANCY (SEP 1999)

 

The Government shall have the right to elect to occupy the space in partial increments prior to the substantial completion of the entire leased premises, and the Lessor agrees to schedule its work so as to deliver the space incrementally as elected by the Government. The Government shall pay rent commencing with the first business day following substantial completion of the entire leased premise unless the Government has elected to occupy the leased premises incrementally. In case of incremental occupancy, the Government shall pay rent pro rata upon the first business day following substantial completion of each incremental unit. Rental payments shall become due on the first workday of the
month following the month in which an increment of space is substantially complete, except that should an Increment of space be substantially completed after the fifteenth day of the month, the payment due date will be the first workday of the second month following the month in which it was substantially complete. The commencement; date of the firm lease term will be a composite determined from all rent commencement dates.

 

	
13.

	
552.270-21 - EFFECT OF ACCEPTANCE AND OCCUPANCY (SEP 1999)

 

Neither the Government’s acceptance of the premises for occupancy, nor the Government’s occupancy thereof, shall be construed as a waiver of any requirement of or right of the Government under this Lease, or as otherwise prejudicing the Government with respect to any such requirement or right.

 

	
14.

	
552.270-6 - MAINTENANCE OF BUILDING AND PREMISES’- RIGHT OF ENTRY (SEP 1999)

 

Except in case of damage arising out of the willful act or negligence of a Government employee, Lessor shall maintain the premises, including the building;, building systems, and all equipment, fixtures, and appurtenances furnished by the Lessor under this lease, in good repair and condition so that they are suitable in appearance and capable of supplying such heat, air conditioning, light, ventilation, safety systems, access and other things to the premises, without reasonably preventable or recurring disruption, as is required for the Government’s; access to, occupancy, possession, use and enjoyment of the, premises as provided in this lease. For the purpose of so maintaining the
premises, the Lessor may at reasonable times enter the premises with the approval of the authorized Government representative in charge.

 

	
15.

	
552.270-10 - FAILURE IN PERFORMANCE (SEP 1999)

 

The covenant to pay- rent and the covenant to provide any service, utility, maintenance, or repair required under this lease are interdependent. in the event of any failure by the Lessor to provide any service, utility, maintenance, repair or replacement required under this lease the Government may by contract or otherwise, perform the requirement and deduct from any payment or payments under this lease, then or thereafter due, the resulting cost to the Government, including all administrative costs. If the Government elects to perform any such requirement, the Government and each of its contractors shall be
entitled to access to any and all areas of the building, access to which is necessary to perform any such .requirement, and the Lessor shall afford and facilitate such access. Alternatively, the Government may deduct from any payments under this lease then or thereafter due, an amount which reflects the reduced value of the contract requirement not performed. No deduction from rent pursuant to this clause shall constitute a default by the Government under this lease. These remedies are not exclusive and are in addition to any other remedies which maybe available under this lease or at law.

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 8 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

  

 

	
16.

	
552.270-22 - DEFAULT BY LESSOR DURING THE TERM (SEP 1999)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Each of the following shall constitute a default by Lessor under this lease:

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Failure to maintain, repair, operate or service the premises as and when specified in this lease, or failure to perform any other requirement of his lease as and when required provided any such failure shall remain uncured for a period of thirty (30) days next following Lessor’s receipt of notice thereof from the Contracting Officer or an authorized representative.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Repeated and unexcused failure by Lessor to comply with one or more requirements of. this lease shall constitute a default notwithstanding that one or all such failures shall have been timely cured pursuant to this clause.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
f a default occurs, the Government may, by notice to Lessor, terminate this lease for default and if so terminated, the Government shall be entitled to the damages specified in the Default in Delivery Time Extensions clause.

 

	
17.

	
552.270-7 - FIRE AND CASUALTY DAMAGE (SEP 1999)

 

If the entire premises are destroyed by fire or other casualty, this lease will immediately terminate. In case of partial destruction or damage so as to render the premises untenantable, as determined by the Government, the Government may terminate the lease by giving written notice to the Lessor within 15 calendar days of the fire or other casualty; if so terminated, no rent will accrue to the Lessor after such partial destruction or damage; and if not so terminated, the rent will be reduced proportionately by supplemental agreement hereto effective from the date of such partial destruction or damage. Nothing in this lease shall be construed as relieving Lessor from liability for damage to or
destruction of property of the United States of America caused by the willful or negligent act or omission of Lessor.

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 9 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

  

 

	
18.

	
552.270-8 - COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW (SEP 1999)

 

Lessor shall comply. With all Federal, state and local laws applicable to the Lessor as owner or Lessor, or both, of the building or premises, including, without  limitation, laws applicable to the construction, ownership, alteration or operation of both or either thereof, and will obtain all necessary permits, licenses and similar items at Lessor’s expense. The Government will comply with all Federal state and local laws applicable to and enforceable against it as a tenant under this lease; provided that nothing in this lease shall be construed as a waiver of any sovereign immunity of the Government. This lease shall be governed by Federal law.

 

	
19.

	
552.270-12 - ALTERATIONS (SEP 1999)

 

The Government shall have the right during the existence of this lease to make alterations, attach fixtures, and erect structures or signs in or upon the premises hereby leased, which fixtures, additions or structures so placed in, on, upon, or attached to the said premises shall be and remain the property of the Government and may be removed or otherwise disposed of by the Government. If the lease contemplates that the Government is the sole occupant of the building, for purposes of this clause, the leased premises include the land on which the building is sited and the building itself. Otherwise, the Government shall have the right to tie into or make any physical connection with any
structure located on the property as is reasonably necessary for appropriate utilization of the leased space:

 

	
20.

	
552270-29 - ACCEPTANCE OF SPACE (SEP 1999)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
When the Lessor has completed all alterations, improvements, and repairs necessary to. meet the requirements of the lease, the Lessor shall notify the Contracting Officer. The Contracting Officer or designated representative shall promptly inspect the space.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The Government will accept the space and the lease term will begin after determining that the space is substantially complete and contains the required ANSI/SOMA Office Area square footage as indicated in the paragraph of this solicitation entitled “Amount and Type of Space.”

 

	
21.

	
552.270-9 - INSPECTION - RIGHT OF ENTRY (SEP 1999)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
At any time and from time to time after receipt of an offer (until the same has been duly withdrawn or rejected), after acceptance thereof and during the term, the agents, employees and contractors of the Government may, upon reasonable prior notice. to Offeror or Lessor, enter upon the offered premises or the premises, and all other areas of the building access to which is necessary to accomplish the purposes of entry, to determine the potential or actual compliance by the Offeror or Lessor with the requirements of the solicitation or this lease, which purposes shall include, but not be limited to: (1) inspecting, sampling and analyzing of suspected asbestos-containing materials and air monitoring for asbestos fibers; (2)
inspecting the heating, ventilation and air conditioning system; maintenance records, and mechanical rooms for the offered premises or the premises; (3) inspecting for any leaks, spills, or other potentially hazardous conditions which may involve tenant exposure to hazardous or toxic substances; and (4) inspecting for any current or past hazardous waste operations, to ensure that appropriate mitigative actions were taken to alleviate any environmentally unsound activities in accordance with Federal, State and local law.

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 10 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

  

	
  

	
(b)

	
Nothing in this clause shall be construed to create a Government duty to inspect for toxic materials or to impose a higher standard of care on the Government than on other lessees. The purpose of this clause is to promote the ease with which the Government may inspect the building. Nothing in this clause shall act to relieve the Lessor of any duty to inspect or liability which might arise as a result of Lessor’s failure to inspect for or correct a hazardous condition.

 

	
22.

	
552232-75 - PROMPT PAYMENT (SEP 1999)

 

The Government will make payments under the terms and conditions specified in this clause. Payment shall be considered as being made on the day a check is dated or an electronic funds transfer is made. All days referred to in this clause are calendar days, unless otherwise specified.

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Payment due date.

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Rental payments. Rent shall be paid monthly in arrears and will be due on the first workday of each month, and only as provided for by the lease.

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
When the date for commencement of rent falls on the 15th day of the month or earlier, the initial monthly rental payment under this contract shall become due on the first workday of the month following the month in which the commencement of the rent is effective.

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
When the date for commencement of rent falls after the 15th day of the month, the initial monthly rental payment under this contract shall become due on the first workday of the second month following the month in which the commencement of the rent is effective.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Other payments. The due date for making payments other than rent shall be the later of the following two events:

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
The 30th day after the designated billing office has received a proper invoice from the Contractor.

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
The 30th day after Government acceptance of the work’ or service. However, if the designated billing office fails to annotate the invoice with the actual date of receipt, the invoice payment due date shall be deemed to be the 30th day after the Contractor’s invoice is dated, provided a proper invoice is received and there is no disagreement over quantity, quality, or Contractor compliance with contract requirements.

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 11 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Invoice and inspection requirements for payments other than rent.

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The Contractor shall prepare and submit an invoice to the designated billing office after completion of the work. A proper invoice shall include the following items:

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Name and address of the Contractor.

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Invoice date.

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
Lease number.

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
Government’s order number or other authorization;

 

	
  

	
(v)

	
Description, price, and quantity of work or services delivered.

 

	
  

	
(vi)

	
Name and address of Contractor official to whom payment is to be sent (must be the same as that in the remittance address in the lease or the order.)

 

	
  

	
(vii)

	
Name (where practicable), title, phone: number, and mailing address of person to be notified in the event of a defective invoice.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The Government will inspect and determine the acceptability of the Work performed or services delivered within 7 days after the receipt of a proper invoice or notification of completion of the work or services unless a different period is specified at the time the order is placed. If actual acceptance occurs later, for the purpose of determining the payment due date and calculation of interest, acceptance will be deemed to occur on the last day of the 7-day inspection period. If the work or service is rejected for failure to conform to the technical requirements of the contract, the 7 days will be counted beginning with receipt of a new invoice or notification. In either case, the Contractor is not entitled to any payment or interest unless: actual acceptance by the Government
occurs.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Interest Penalty.

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
An interest penalty shall be paid automatically by the Government, without request from the Contractor, if payment is not made by the due date.

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 12 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The interest penalty shall be at the rate established by the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 12 of the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 611) that is in effect on the day after the due date. This rate is referred to as the “Renegotiation Board Interest Rate,” and it is published in the Federal Register semiannually on or about January 1 and July 1. The interest penalty shall accrue daily on the payment amount. approved by the Government and be compounded in 30-day increments inclusive from the first day after the due date through the payment date. 

 

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
Interest penalties will not continue to accrue after the filing of a claim for such penalties under the clause at 52.233-1, Disputes, or for. more than 1 year. Interest penalties of less than $1.00 need not be paid.

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
Interest penalties are not required on payment delays due to disagreement between the Government and Contractor over the payment amount or other issues involving contract compliance or on amounts temporarily withheld or retained in accordance with the terms of the contract. Claims involving disputes, and any interest that may be payable, will be resolved in accordance with the clause at 52.233-1, Disputes.

 

	
23.

	
552.232-76 - ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER PAYMENT (MAR 2000)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
The Government will make payments under this lease; by electronic funds transfer (EFT). The Lessor must, no later than 30 days before the first payment:

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Designate a financial institution for receipt of EFT payments.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Submit this designation to the Contracting Officer or other Government official, as directed.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The Lessor must provide the following information:

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The American. Bankers Association 9-digit identifying number for Automated Clearing House (ACH) transfers of the financing institution receiving payment if the institution has access to the Federal Reserve Communications System.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Number of account to which funds are to be deposited.

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
Type of depositor account (“C” for checking, “S”; for savings).

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
If the Lessor’s a new enrollee to the EFT system, the Lessor must complete and submit a “Payment Information Form,” SF 3881 before payment can be processed.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
If the Lessor, during the performance of this contract, elects to designate a different financial institution or the receipt of any payment, the appropriate Government official must receive notice of such change and the required information specified above no later than 30 days before the date such change is to become effective.

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 13 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
The documents furnishing the information required in, this clause must be dated and contain the:

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Signature, title, and telephone number of the Lessor or the Lessors authorized representative.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Lessor’s name.

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
Lease number.

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
Lessor’s failure to properly designate a financial institution or to provide appropriate payee bank account information may delay payments of amounts otherwise properly due.

 

	
24.

	
552.232-70 - INVOICE REQUIREMENTS (VARIATION) (SEP 1999)

 

(This clause applies to payments other than rent.)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Invoices shall be submitted in an original only, unless otherwise specified, to the designated billing office specified in this contract or order.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Invoices must include the Accounting Control Transaction (ACT) number provided below or on the order.

 

ACT Number (to be supplied on individual orders)

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
If information or documentation in addition to that required by the Prompt Payment clause of this contract is required in connection with an invoice for a particular order, the order will indicate what information or documentation must be submitted.

 

	
25.

	
52.232-23 - ASSIGNMENT OF CLAIMS (JAN 1986).

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
The Contractor, under the Assignment of Claims Act, as amended, 31 USC 3727, 41 USC 15 (hereafter referred to as the “the Act”), may assign its rights to be paid amounts due or to become due as a result of the performance of this contract to a bank, trust company, or other financing institution, including any Federal lending agency. The assignee under such an assignment may thereafter further assign or reassign its right under the original assignment to any type of financing institution described in the preceding sentence.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Any assignment or reassignment authorized under the Act and this clause shall cover all unpaid amounts payable under this contract, and shall not be made to more than one party, except that an assignment or reassignment may be made to one party as agent or trustee for or more parties participating in the financing of this contract.

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 14 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
The Contractor shall not furnish or disclose to any assignee under this contract any classified document (including this contract) or information related to work under this contract until the Contracting Officer authorizes such action in writing.

     

	
26.

	
552.270-20 - PAYMENT (SEP 1999) (VARIATION)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
When space is offered and accepted, the ANSI/BOMA Office Area square footage delivered will be confirmed by:

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
the Government’s measurement of plans submitted by the successful Offeror as approved by the Government, and an inspection of the space to verify that the delivered space is in conformance with such plans or

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
a mutual on-site measurement of the space, if the Contracting Officer determines that it is necessary.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Payment will not be made for space which is in excess of the amount of ANSI/BOMA Office Area square footage stated in the lease.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
If it is determined that the amount of ANSI/BOMA Office Area. square footage actually delivered is less than the amount agreed to in, the lease, the lease will be modified to reflect the amount of Usable space delivered and the annual rental will be adjusted as follows:

 

Usable square feet. not delivered multiplied by the ANSI/BOMA Office Area square foot (USF) rate equals the reduction in annual rent. The rate per USF is determined by dividing the total annual rental by the Usable square footage set forth in the lease.

 

USF Not Delivered X Rate per USF = Reduction in Annual Rent.

 

	
27.

	
552.203-5 - COVENANT AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES (FEB 1990)

 

(Applies to leases over $100,000.)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
The Contractor warrants that no person or agency has, been employed or retained to solicit or obtain this contract upon an agreement or understanding for a contingent fee, except a bona fide employee or agency. For breach or violation of this warranty, the Government shall have the right to annul this contract without liability or, in its discretion, to deduct from the contract price or consideration, or otherwise recover the full amount of the contingent fee.

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 15 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
“Bona fide agency,” as used in this clause, means an established commercial or selling agency (including licensed real estate agents or brokers), maintained by a Contractor for the purpose of securing business, that neither exerts nor proposes to exert improper influence to solicit or obtain Government contracts nor holds itself out as being able to obtain any Government contract or contracts through improper influence.

 

“Bona fide employee,” as used in this clause, means a person employed by a Contractor and subject to the Contractor’s supervision and control as to time, place, and manner of performance, who neither exerts nor proposes to exert improper influence to solicit or obtain Government contracts nor holds out as being able to obtain any Government contract or contracts through improper influence.

 

“Contingent fee,” as used in this clause, means any commission, percentage, brokerage, or other fee that is contingent upon the success that a person or concern has in securing a Government contract.

 

“Improper influence,” as used in this clause, means any influence that induces or tends to induce a Government employee or officer to give consideration or to act regarding a Government contract on any basis other than the merits of the matter.

 

	
28.

	
52.203-7 - ANTI-KICKBACK PROCEDURES (JUL 1995)

 

(Applies to leases over $100,000 average net annual rental, including option periods.)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Definitions..

 

“Kickback,” as used in this clause, means any money, fee, commission, credit, gift, gratuity, thing of value, or compensation of any kind which is provided, directly or indirectly, to any. prime Contractor, prime Contractor employee, subcontractor, or subcontractor employee for the purpose of improperly obtaining or rewarding favorable treatment in connection with a prime contract or in connection with a subcontract relating to a prime contract.

 

“Person,” as used in this clause, means a corporation, partnership, business association of any kind, trust, joint-stock company, or individual.

 

“Prime contract,” as used in this clause, means a contract or contractual action entered into by the United States for the purpose of obtaining supplies, materials, equipment, or services of any kind.

 

“Prime Contractor,” as used in this clause, means a person who has entered into a prime contract with the United States.

 

“Prime Contractor employee,” as used in this clause, means any officer, partner, employee, or agent of a prime Contractor.

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 16 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

“Subcontract,” as used in this clause, means a contract or contractual action entered into by a prime Contractor or subcontractor for the purpose of obtaining supplies, materials, equipment, or services of any kind under a prime contract.

 

“Subcontractor,” as used in this clause, (1) means any person, other than the prime Contractor, who offers to furnish or furnishes any supplies, materials, equipment, or services of any kind under a prime contract or a subcontract entered into in connection with such prime contract, and (2) includes any person who offers to furnish or furnishes general supplies to the prime Contractor or a higher tier subcontractor.

 

“Subcontractor employee,” as used in this clause, means any officer, partner, employee, or agent of a subcontractor.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The Anti-Kickback Act of 1986 (41 U.S.C. 51-58) (the Act), prohibits any person from -

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Providing or attempting to provide or offering to provide any kickback;

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Soliciting; accepting, or attempting to accept any kickback; or

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
Including, directly or indirectly, the amount of any kickback in the contract price charged by a prime Contractor to the United States or in the contract price charged by a subcontractor to a prime Contractor or higher tier subcontractor.

 

	
  

	
(c)

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
(1) The Contractor shall have in place and follow reasonable procedures designed to prevent and detect possible violations described in paragraph (b) of this clause in its own operations and direct business relationships.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
When the Contractor has reasonable grounds to believe that a violation described n paragraph (b) of this clause may have occurred, the Contractor shall promptly report in writing the possible violation. Such reports shall be made to the inspector general of the contracting agency, the ‘head of the contracting agency if the agency does not have an inspector general, or the Department of Justice.

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
The Contractor shall cooperate fully with any Federal agency investigating a possible violation described in paragraph (b) of this clause.

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
The Contracting Officer may (i) offset the amount of the kickback against any monies owed by the United States, under the prime contract and/or (ii) direct that the Prime Contractor withhold from sums owed a subcontractor under the prime contract, the amount of the kickback. The Contracting Officer may order that monies withheld under subdivision (c)(4)(ii) - of this clause be paid; over to the Government unless the Government has already offset those monies under subdivision (c)(4)(i) of this clause. In the either case, the Prime Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer when the monies are withheld.

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 17 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(5)

	
The Contractor agrees to incorporate the substance of this clause, including subparagraph (c)(5) but excepting subparagraph (c)(1), in all subcontracts under this contract which exceed $100,000.

      

	
29.

	
52.223-6 DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE (MAY 2001)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Definitions. As used in this clause-

 

“Controlled substance” means a controlled substance in schedules I through V of section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 812) and as further defined in regulation at 21 CFR 1308.11 - 1308,15.

 

“Conviction” means a finding of guilt (including a plea of nolo contendere) or imposition of sentence, or both, by any judicial body charged with the responsibility to determine violations of the Federal or State criminal drug statutes.

 

Criminal drug statute” means a Federal or non-Federal criminal statute involving the manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of any controlled substance.

 

“Drug free workplace” means the site(s) for the performance of work done by the Contractor in connection with a specific contract where employees of the Contractor are prohibited from engaging in the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance.

 

“Employee” means an employee of a Contractor directly engaged in the performance of work under a Government contract. “Directly engaged” is defined to include all direct cost employees and any other Contractor employee who has other than a minimal impact or; involvement in contract performance

 

“Individual” means an offeror/contractor that has no more than one, employee including the offeror/contractor.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The Contractor, if other than an individual, shall-within 30 days after award (unless a longer period is agreed to in writing for contracts of 30 days or more performance duration), or as soon as possible for contracts of less than 30 days performance duration-

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Publish a statement notifying its employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the Contractor’s workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition;

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 18 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Establish an ongoing drug-free awareness program to inform such employees about -

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace;

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
The Contractor’s policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace;

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
Any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs; and

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
The penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace;

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
Provide all employees engaged in performance of the contract with a copy of the statement required by paragraph (b)(1) of this clause;

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
Notify such employees in writing in the statement required by paragraph (b)(1) of this clause that, as a condition of continued, employment on this contract, the employee will -

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Abide by the terms of the statement; and

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Notify the employer in writing of the employee’s conviction under a criminal drug statute for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than 5 days after such conviction;

 

	
  

	
(5)

	
Notify the Contracting Officer. in writing within 10 days after receiving notice under subdivision (b)(4)(ii) of this clause, from an employee or otherwise receiving actual notice of such conviction. The notice shall include the position title of the employee;

 

	
  

	
(6)

	
Within 30 days after receiving notice under subdivision (b)(4)(ii) of this clause of a conviction, take one of the following actions with respect to any employee who is convicted of a drug abuse violation occurring in the workplace:

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Taking appropriate personnel action against such employee, up to and including termination; or

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Require such employee to satisfactorily participate in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved for such purposes by a Federal, State, or local health, law enforcement, or other appropriate agency; and

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 19 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(7)

	
Make a good faith effort to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(6) of this clause.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
The Contractor, if an individual, agrees by award of the contract or acceptance of a purchase order, not to engage in the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance while performing this contract.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
In addition to other remedies available to the Government, the Contractor’s failure to comply with the requirements of paragraph (b) or (c) of this clause may, pursuant to FAR 23.506, render the Contractor subject to suspension of contract payments, termination of the contract or default, and suspension or debarment.

 

	
30.

	
552.203-70 - PRICE ADJUSTMENT FOR ILLEGAL OR IMPROPER ACTIVITY (SEP 1999)

 

(Applies to over $100,000.)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
If the head of the contracting activity (HCA) or his or her designee determines that there was a violation of subsection 27(a) of the Office of Federal Procurement Policy Act, as amended (41 U.S.C. 423), as implemented in the Federal Acquisition Regulation, the Government, at its election, may –

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Reduce the monthly rental under this lease by 5 percent of the amount of the rental for each month of the remaining term of the lease, including any option periods, and recover 5 percent of the rental already paid;

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Reduce payments for alterations not included in monthly rental payments by 5 percent of the amount of the alterations agreement; or

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
Reduce the payments for violations by a Lessor’s subcontractor by an amount not to exceed the amount of profit or fee reflected in the subcontract at the time the subcontract was placed.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Prior to making a determination as set forth above, the HCA or designee shall provide to the Lessor a written notice of the action being considered, and the basis therefor. The Lessor shall have a period determined by the agency head or designee, but not less than 30 calendar days after receipt of such notice, to submit in person, in writing, or through a representative, information and argument In opposition to the proposed reduction. The agency head or designee may, upon good cause shown, determine to deduct less than the above amounts from payments.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
The rights and remedies of the Government specified herein are not exclusive, and, are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this lease.

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 20 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
31.

	
52.215-10 PRICE REDUCTION FOR DEFECTIVE COST OR PRICING DATA (OCT 1997)

 

(Applies when cost or pricing data are required for work or service over $500,000.)

 

	
  

	
(a)

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
If any price, including profit or fee, negotiated in connection with this contract, or any cost reimbursable under this contract, was increased by any significant amount because—

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The Contractor or a subcontractor furnished cost or pricing data that were not complete, accurate, and current as certified in its Certificate of Current Cost or Pricing Data;

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
A subcontractor or prospective subcontractor furnished the Contractor cost or pricing data that were not complete, accurate, and current as certified in the Contractor’s Certificate of Current Cost or Pricing Data; or

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
Any of these parties furnished data of any description that were not accurate, the price or cost shall be reduced accordingly and the contract shall be modified to reflect the reduction.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Any reduction in the contract price under paragraph (a) of this clause due to defective data from a prospective subcontractor that was not subsequently awarded the subcontract shall be limited to the amount, plus applicable overhead and profit markup, by which (1) the actual subcontract or (2) the actual cost to the Contractor, if there was no subcontract, was less than the prospective subcontract cost estimate submitted by the Contractor; provided, that the actual subcontract price was not itself affected by defective cost or pricing data.

 

	
  

	
(c)

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
If the Contracting Officer determines under paragraph (a) of this clause that a price or cost reduction should be made, the Contractor agrees not to raise the following matters as a defense:

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
The Contractor or subcontractor was a sole source supplier or otherwise was in a superior bargaining position and thus; the price of the contract would not have been modified even if accurate, complete, and current cost or pricing data had been submitted.

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
The Contracting Officer should have known that the cost or pricing data in issue were defective even though the Contractor or subcontractor took no affirmative action to bring the character of the data to the attention of the Contracting Officer.

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 21 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
The contract was based on an agreement about the total cost of the contract and there was no agreement about the cost of each item procured under the contract.

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
The Contractor or subcontractor did not submit a Certificate of Current Cost or Pricing Data.

 

	
  

	
(2)

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Except as prohibited by subdivision (c)(2)(ii) of this clause, an offset in an amount determined appropriate by the Contracting Officer based upon the facts shall be allowed against the amount of a contract price reduction if—

 

	
  

	
(A)

	
The Contractor certifies to the Contracting Officer that, to the best of the Contractor’s knowledge and belief, the Contractor is entitled to the offset in the amount requested; and

 

	
  

	
(B)

	
The Contractor proves that the cost or pricing data were available before the “as of” date specified on its Certificate of Current Cost or Pricing Data, and that the data were-not submitted before such date.

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
An offset shall not be allowed if—

 

	
  

	
(A)

	
The understated data were known by the Contractor to be understated before the “as of” date specified on its Certificate of Current Cost or Pricing Data; or

 

	
  

	
(B)

	
The Government proves that the facts demonstrate that the contract price would not have increased in the amount to be offset even if the available data had been submitted before the “as of” date specified on its Certificate of Current Cost or Pricing Data.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
If any reduction in the contract price under this clause reduces the price of items for which payment was made prior to the date of the modification reflecting the price reduction, the Contractor shall be liable to and shall pay the United States at the time such overpayment is repaid—

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Simple interest on the amount of such overpayment to be computed from the date(s) of overpayment to the Contractor to the date the Government is repaid by the Contractor at the applicable underpayment rate effective for each quarter prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury under 26 U.S.C. 6621(a)(2); and

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 22 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
A penalty equal to the amount of the overpayment, if the Contractor or subcontractor knowingly submitted cost or pricing data that were incomplete, inaccurate, or noncurrent.

 

	
32.

	
552.270-13 - PROPOSALS FOR ADJUSTMENT (SEP 1999)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
The Contracting Officer may from time to time during the term of this lease, require changes to be made in. the work or services to be performed and. in the terms or conditions of this lease. Such changes will be required under the Changes clause.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
If the Contracting Officer makes a change within the general scope of the lease, the Lessor shall submit, in a timely manner, an itemized cost proposal for the work to be accomplished or. services to be performed when the cost exceeds  $100,000. The proposal, including all subcontractor work, will contain at least the following details -

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Material quantities and unit costs;

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Labor costs (identified with specific item or material to be placed or operation to be performed;

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
Equipment costs;

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
Worker’s compensation and public liability insurance;

 

	
  

	
(5)

	
Overhead;

 

	
  

	
(6)

	
Profit; and

 

	
  

	
(7)

	
Employment taxes under FICA and FUTA.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
The following Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR). provisions also apply to all proposals exceeding $500,000 in cost —

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The Lessor shall provide cost or pricing data including subcontractor cost or pricing data (48 CFR 15.403-4) and

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The Lessor’s representative, all Contractors, and subcontractors whose portion of the work exceeds $500,000 must sign and return the “Certificate of Current Cost or Pricing Data (48 CFR 15.406-2).

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Lessors shall also refer to 48 CFR Part 31, Contract Cost Principles, for information on which costs are allowable, reasonable, and allocable in Government work.

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 23 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
33.

	
552.270-14 - CHANGES (SEP 1999) (VARIATION)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
The Contracting Officer may at any time, by written order, make changes within the general scope of this lease in any one or more of the following;

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Specifications (including drawings and designs);

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Work or services;

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
Facilities or space layout; or

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
Amount of space provided the Lessor consents to the change.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
If any such change causes an increase or decrease in Lessor’s cost of or the time required for performance under this base, whether or not changed by the order, the Contracting Officer shall modify this lease to provide for one or more of the following:

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
A modification of the delivery date;

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
An equitable adjustment in the rental rate;

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
A lump sum equitable adjustment; or

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
An equitable adjustment of the annual operating costs per ANSI/BOMA Office Area square foot specified in this lease.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
The Lessor shall assert its right to an adjustment under this clause within 30 days from the date of receipt of the change order and shall submit a proposal for adjustment. Failure to agree to any adjustment shall be a dispute under the Disputes clause. However, nothing in this clause shall excuse the lessor from proceeding with the change as directed.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Absent such written change order, the Government shalt not be liable to Lessor under this clause.

 

	
34.

	
552.215-70 - EXAMINATION OF RECORDS BY GSA (FEB 1996)

 

The Contractor agrees that the Administrator of General Services, or any duly authorized representative shall, until the expiration of 3 years after final payment under this contract, or of the time periods for the particular records specified in Subpart 47 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR 4.7), whichever expires earlier, have access to and the right to examine any, books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor involving transactions related to this contract or. compliance with any clauses thereunder. The Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the Administrator of General
Services, or any duly authorized representatives shall, until the expiration of 3 years after final payment under the subcontract, or of the time periods for the particular records specified in Subpart 4.7 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR 4.7), whichever expires earlier, have access to and the right to examine any books, documents, papers, and records of such subcontractor, involving transactions related to the subcontract or compliance with any clauses thereunder. The term “subcontract” as used in this clause excludes (a) purchase orders not exceeding $100,000 and (b) subcontracts or purchase orders for public utility services at rates established for uniform applicability to the general public.

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 24 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

 

	
35.

	
52.215-2 - AUDIT AND RECORDS—NEGOTIATION (JUN 1999)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
As used in this clause, “records” includes books, documents, accounting procedures and practices, and other data, regardless of type and regardless of whether such items are in written form, in the form of computer data or in any other form.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Examination of costs. If this is a cost-reimbursement, incentive, time-and-materials, labor-hour, or price redeterminable contract, or any combination of these, the Contractor shall maintain and the Contracting Officer, or an authorized representative of the Contracting Officer, shall have the right to examine and audit all records and other evidence sufficient to reflect properly all costs claimed to have been incurred or anticipated to be incurred directly or indirectly in performance of  this contract. This right of examination shall include inspection at all reasonable times of the Contractor’s plants, or parts of them, engaged in performing the contract.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Cost or pricing data. If the Contractor has been required to submit cost or pricing data in connection with any pricing action relating to this contract, the Contracting Officer, or an authorized representative of the Contracting Officer, in order to evaluate the accuracy, completeness, and currency of the cost or pricing data, shall have the right to examine and audit all of the Contractor’s records, including computations and projections, related to-

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The proposal for the contract, subcontract, or Modification;

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The discussions conducted on the proposal(s), including those related to negotiating;

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
Pricing of the contract, subcontract, or modification; or

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
Performance of the contract, subcontract or modification.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Comptroller General -

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The Comptroller General of the United States, or an authorized representative, shall have access to and the right to examine any of the Contractor’s directly pertinent records involving transactions related to this contract or a subcontract hereunder.

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 25 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
This paragraph may not be construed to require the Contractor or subcontractor to create or maintain any record that the Contractor or subcontractor does not maintain in the ordinary course of business or pursuant to a provision of law.

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
Reports. If the Contractor is required to furnish cost, funding, or performance reports, the Contracting Officer or an authorized representative of the Contracting Officer shall have the right to examine and audit the supporting records and materials, for the purpose of evaluating—

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The data reported; and

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The effectiveness of the Contractor’s policies and procedures to produce data compatible with the objectives of these reports.

 

	
  

	
(f)

	
Availability. The Contractor shall make available at its office at all reasonable times the records, materials, and other evidence described. in paragraphs (a), (b), Q, (d), and (e) of this clause, for examination, audit, or reproduction, until 3 years after final- payment under this contract or for any shorter period specified in Subpart 4.7, Contractor Records Retention, of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), or for any longer period required by statute or by other clauses of this contract. In addition -

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
If this contract is completely or partially terminated, the Contractor shalt make available the records relating to the work terminated until 3 years after any, resulting final termination settlement; and

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The Contractor. shall make available records relating to appeals under the Disputes clause or to litigation or the settlement of claims arising under or relating to this contract until such appeals, litigation, or claims are finally resolved.

 

	
  

	
(g)

	
The Contractor shall insert a clause containing all the terms of this clause, including this paragraph (g), in all subcontracts under this contract that exceed the simplified acquisition threshold, and—

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
That are cost-reimbursement, incentive, time-and-materials, labor-hour, or price-redeterminable type or any combination of these;

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
For which cost or pricing data are required; or

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
That require the subcontractor to furnish reports as discussed in paragraph (e) of this clause.

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 26 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

The clause may be altered only as necessary to identify properly the contracting parties and the Contracting Officer under the Government prime contract.

 

	
36.

	
52.233-1 - DISPUTES (JUL 2002)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
This contract is subject to the Contract Disputes Act of 1978, as amended (41 U.S.C. 601 613).

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Except as provided in the Act, all disputes arising under or relating to this contract shall be resolved under this clause.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
“Claim,” as used in this clause, means a written demand or written assertion by one of the contracting parties’ seeking, as a matter of right, the payment of money in a sum certain, the adjustment or interpretation of contract terms, or other relief arising under or relating to this contract. However, a written demand or written assertion - by the Contractor seeking the payment of money exceeding $100,000 is not a claim under the Act until certified. A voucher, invoice, or other routine request for payment that is not in dispute when submitted is not a claim under the Act. The submission may be converted to a claim under the Act, by complying with the submission and certification requirements of this clause, if it is disputed either as to liability or amount or is not
acted upon in a reasonable time.

 

	
  

	
(d)

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
A claim by the Contractor shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated in this contract, submitted within 6 years after accrual of the claim to the Contracting Officer for a written decision. A claim by the Government against the Contractor shall be subject to a written decision by the Contracting Officer.

 

	
  

	
(2)

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
The Contractor shall provide the certification specified in paragraph (d)(2)(iii) of this clause when submitting any claim exceeding $100,000.

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
The certification requirement does not apply to issues in. controversy that have not been submitted as all or part of a claim.

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
The certification shall state as follows: “I certify that the claim is made in good faith; that the supporting data are accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief; that the amount requested accurately reflects the contract adjustment for which the Contractor believes the Government is liable; and that I am duly authorized to certify the claim on behalf of the Contractor.

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 27 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
The certification may be executed by any person duly authorized to bind the Contractor with respect to the claim.

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
For Contractor claims of $100,000 or less, the Contracting Officer must, if requested in writing by the Contractor, render a decision within 60 days; of the request. For Contractor-certified claims over $100,000, the Contracting Officer must, within 60 days, decide the claim or notify the Contractor of the date by which the decision will be made.

 

	
  

	
(f)

	
The Contracting Officer’s decision shall be final unless the Contractor appeals or files a suit as provided in the Act.

 

	
  

	
(g)

	
if the claim by the Contractor is submitted to the Contracting Officer or a claim by the Government is presented to the Contractor, the parties, by mutual consent, may agree to use alternative dispute resolution (ADR). If the Contractor refuses an offer for ADR, the Contractor shall inform the Contracting Officer, in writing, of the Contractor’s specific reasons for rejecting the offer.

 

	
  

	
(h)

	
The Government shall pay interest on the amount found due and unpaid from (1) the date that the Contracting Officer receives the claim (certified, if required); or (2) the date that payment otherwise would be due, if that date Is later, until the; date of payment. With regard to claims having defective certifications, as defined in FAR 33.201, interest shall be paid from the date that the Contracting Officer initially receives the claim. Simple interest on claims shall be paid at the rate, fixed by the Secretary of the Treasury as provided in the Act, which is applicable to the period during which the Contracting Officer receives the claim and then at the rate applicable for each 12 month period as fixed by the Treasury Secretary during the pendency of the claim.

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
The Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of this contract, pending final resolution of any request for relief, claim, appeal, or action arising under the contract, and comply with any decision of the Contracting Officer.

 

	
37.

	
52.222-26 - EQUAL OPPORTUNITY (APR 2002)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Definition. “United States,” as used in this clause, means the 50 States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa, Guam, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and Wake Island.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
If, during any 12-month period (including the 12 months preceding the award of this contract), the Contractor. has been or is awarded nonexempt Federal contracts and/or subcontracts that have an aggregate value in excess of $10,000, the Contractor shall comply with paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(11) of this clause, except for work performed outside the United States by employees who were not recruited within the United States. Upon request, the Contractor shall provide information necessary to determine the applicability of this clause.

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 28 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin, However, it shall not be a violation of this clause for the Contractor to extend a publicly announced preference in employment to Indians living on or near art Indian reservation, in connection with employment opportunities on or near an Indian; reservation, as permitted by 41 CFR 60-1.5.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The Contractor shall take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. This shall include, but not be limited to -

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Employment;

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Upgrading;

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
Demotion;

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
Transfer;

 

	
  

	
(v)

	
Recruitment or recruitment advertising;

 

	
  

	
(vi)

	
Layoff or termination;

 

	
  

	
(vii)

	
Rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and

 

	
  

	
(viii)

	
Selection for training, including apprenticeship.

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
The Contractor shall post in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment the notices to be provided by the Contracting Officer that explain this clause.

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
The Contractor shalt, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.

 

	
  

	
(5)

	
The Contractor shall send, to each labor union or representative of workers with which it has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, the notice to be provided by the Contracting Officer advising the labor union or workers’ representative of the Contractor’s commitments under this clause, and post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and, applicants for employment.

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 29 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(6)

	
The Contractor shall comply With Executive Order 11246, as amended, and the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor.

 

	
  

	
(7)

	
The Contractor shall furnish to the contracting agency all information required by Executive Order 11246, as amended, and by the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor. The Contractor shall. also file Standard Form 100 (EEO-1), or any successor form, as prescribed in 41 CFR part 60-1. Unless the Contractor has filed within the 12 months preceding the date of contract award, the Contractor shall, within 30 days after contract award, apply to either the regional Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP) or the local office of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission for the necessary forms.

 

	
  

	
(8)

	
The Contractor shall permit access to its premises, during normal business hours, by the contracting agency or the OFCCP for the purpose of conducting on-site compliance evaluations and complaint investigations. The Contractor shall permit the Government to inspect and copy any books, accounts, records (including computerized records), and other material that may be relevant to the matter under investigation and pertinent to compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended, and rules and regulations that implement the Executive Order.

 

	
  

	
(9)

	
If the OFCCP determines that the Contractor is not in compliance with this clause or any rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts, under the procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246, as amended. In addition, sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked against the Contractor as provided in Executive Order 11246, as amended; in the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor; or as otherwise provided by law.

 

	
  

	
(10)

	
The Contractor shall include the terms and conditions of paragraphs (b)(1) through (11) of this clause in every subcontract or purchase order that is not exempted by the rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor, issued under Executive Order 11246, as amended, so that these terms and conditions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor.

 

	
  

	
(11)

	
The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the Contracting Officer may direct as a; means of enforcing these terms and conditions, including sanctions for noncompliance, provided, that if the Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of any direction, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into the litigation to protect the interests of the United States.

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 30 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Notwithstanding any other clause in this contract, disputes relative to this clause Will be governed by the procedures in 41 CFR 60-1.1.

 

	
38.

	
52.222-24 - PREAWARD ON-SITE EQUAL OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE EVALUATION (FEB 1999)

 

(Applies to leases over $10,000,000.)

 

If a contract in the amount of $10 million or more will result from this solicitation, the prospective Contractor and its known first-tier subcontractors with anticipated subcontracts of $10 million or more shall be subject to a preaward compliance evaluation by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP), unless, within the preceding 24 months, OFCCP has conducted an evaluation and found the prospective Contractor and subcontractors to be in compliance with Executive Order 11246.

 

	
39.

	
52.222-21-- PROHIBITION OF SEGREGATED FACILITIES (FEB 1999)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
“Segregated facilities,” as used in this clause, means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees,, that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin because of written or oral policies or employee custom. The term does not include separate or single-user rest rooms or necessary dressing or sleeping areas provided to assure privacy between the sexes.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The Contractor agrees that it does not and will not Maintain, or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform their services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The Contractor agrees that a breach of this clause is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
The Contractor shall include this clause in every subcontract and purchase order that is subject to the Equal Opportunity clause of this contract.

 

	
40.

	
52.222-35 - EQUAL OPPORTUNITY FOR SPECIAL DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA AND OTHER ELIGIBLE VETERANS (DEC 2001)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Definitions. As used in this clause-

 

“All employment openings” means all positions except executive and top management, those positions that will be filled from within the Contractor’s organization, and positions lasting 3 days or less. This term includes full-time employment, temporary employment of more than 3 days duration, and part-time employment.

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 31 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

“Executive and top management” means any employee-

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Whose primary duty consists of the management of the enterprise in which the individual is employed or of a customarily recognized department or subdivision thereof;

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Who customarily and regularly directs the work of two or more other employees;

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
Who has the authority to hire or fire other employees or whose suggestions and recommendations as to the hiring or firing and as to the advancement and promotion or any other change of status of other employees will be given particular weight;

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
Who customarily and regularly exercises discretionary powers; and

 

	
  

	
(5)

	
Who does not devote more than 20 percent or, in the case of an employee of a retail or service establishment, who does not devote more than 40 percent of total hours of work in the work week to activities that are not directly and closely related to the performance of the work described in paragraphs (1) through (4) of this definition. This paragraph (5) does not apply in the case of an employee who is in sole charge of an establishment or a physically separated branch establishment, or who owns at least a 20 percent interest in the enterprise in which the individual is employed.

 

“Other eligible veteran” means any other veteran who served on active duty during a war or in a campaign or expedition for which a campaign badge has been authorized.

 

“Positions that will be filled from within the Contractor’s organization” means employment openings for which the Contractor will give no consideration to persons outside the Contractor’s organization (including any affiliates, subsidiaries, and parent companies) and includes: any openings the Contractor proposes to fill from regularly established “recall” lists. The exception does not apply to a particular opening once an employer decides to consider applicants outside of its organization.

 

“Qualified special disabled veteran” means a special disabled veteran, who satisfies the requisite skill, experience, education, and other job-related requirements of the employment position such veteran holds or desires, and who, with or without reasonable accommodation, can perform the essential functions of such position.

 

“Special disabled veteran” means-

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 32 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
A veteran who is entitled to compensation (Or who but for the receipt of military retired pay would be entitled to compensation) under laws administered by the Department of Veterans Affairs for a disability-

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Rated at 30 percent or more; or

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Rated at 10 or. 20 percent in the case of a veteran who has been determined under 38 U.S.C. 3106 to have a serious employment. handicap (i.e., a significant impairment of the veteran’s ability to prepare for, obtain, or retain employment consistent with the veteran’s abilities, aptitudes, and interests); or

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
A person who was discharged or released from active duty because of a service- connected disability.

 

“Veteran of the Vietnam era” means a person who-

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Served on active duty for a period of more, than 180 days and was discharged or released from active duty with other than a dishonorable discharge, if any part of such active duty occurred-

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
in the Republic of Vietnam between February 28, 1961, and May 7, 1975; or

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Between August 5, 1964, and May 7, 1975, in all other cases; or

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Was discharged or released from active duty for a service-connected disability if any part of the active duty was performed-

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
In the Republic of Vietnam between February 28, 1961, and May 7, 1975; or

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Between August 5, 1964, and May 7, 1975, in all other cases.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
General.

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The Contractor shall not discriminate against the individual because the individual is a special disabled veteran, a veteran of the Vietnam era, or other eligible veteran, regarding any position for which the employee or applicant for employment is qualified. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to employ, advance in employment, and otherwise treat qualified special disabled veterans, veterans of the Vietnam era, and other eligible veterans without discrimination based upon their disability or veterans’ status in all employment practices such as -

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Recruitment, advertising, and job application procedures;

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 33 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Hiring, upgrading, promotion, award of tenure, demotion, transfer, layoff, termination, right of return from layoff and rehiring;

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
Rate of pay or any other form of compensation and changes in compensation;

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
Job assignments, job classifications, organizational structures, position descriptions, lines of progression, and seniority lists;

 

	
  

	
(v)

	
Leaves of absence, sick leave, or any other leave;

 

	
  

	
(vi)

	
Fringe benefits available by virtue of employment, whether or not administered by the Contractor;

 

	
  

	
(vii)

	
Selection and financial support for training, including apprenticeship, and on-the-job training under 38 U.S.C. 3687, professional meetings, conferences, and other related activities, and selection for leaves of absence to pursue training;

 

	
  

	
(viii)

	
Activities sponsored by the Contractor including social or recreational programs; and

 

	
  

	
(ix)

	
Any other term, condition, or privilege of employment.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The Contractor shall comply with the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor issued under the Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of 1972 (the Act), as amended (38 U.S.C. 4211 and 4212).

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Listing openings.

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The Contractor shall immediately list all employment openings that exist at the time of the execution of this contract and those which occur during the performance of this contract, including those not generated by this contract, and including those occurring at an establishment of the Contractor other than the one where the contract is being performed, but excluding those of independently operated corporate affiliates, at an appropriate local public employment service office of the State wherein the opening occurs. Listing employment openings with the U.S. Department of Labor’s America’s Job Bank shall satisfy the requirement to list ; jobs with the local employment service office.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The Contractor shall make the listing of employment openings with the local employment service office at least concurrently with using any other recruitment source or effort and shall involve the normal obligations of placing a bona fide job order, including accepting referrals of veterans and nonveterans. This listing of employment openings does not require hiring any particular job applicant or hiring from any particular group of job applicants and is not intended to relieve the Contractor from any requirements of Executive orders or regulations concerning nondiscrimination in employment.

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 34 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
Whenever the Contractor becomes contractually bound to the listing terms of this clause, it shall advise the State public employment agency in each State where it has establishments of the name and location of each hiring location in the State: As long as the Contractor is contractually bound to these terms and has so advised the State agency, it need not advise the State agency of subsequent contracts. The Contractor may advise the State agency when it is no longer bound by this contract clause.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Applicability. This clause does not apply to the listing of employment openings that occur and are filled outside the 50 States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto. Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa, Guam, the Virgin Islands of the United States, and Wake Island.

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
Postings.

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The Contractor shall post employment notices in conspicuous places that are available to employees and applicants for employment.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The employment notices shall -

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
State the rights of applicants and employees as well as the Contractor’s obligation under the law to take affirmative action to employ and advance in employment qualified employees and applicants who are special disabled veterans, veterans of the Vietnam era, and other eligible veterans; and

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Be in a form prescribed by the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Department of Labor (Deputy Assistant Secretary of Labor), and provided by or through the Contracting Officer.

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
The Contractor shall ensure that applicants or employees who are special disabled veterans are informed of the contents of the notice (e.g., the Contractor may have the notice read to a visually disabled veteran, or may lower the posted notice so that it can be read by a person in a wheelchair).

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
The Contractor shall notify each labor union or representative of workers with Which it has a collective bargaining agreement, or other contract understanding; that the Contractor is bound by the terms of the Act and is committed to take affirmative action to employ, and advance in employment, qualified special disabled veterans, veterans of the Vietnam era, and other eligible veterans.

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 35 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(f)

	
Noncompliance. If the Contractor does not comply with the requirements of this clause, the Government may take appropriate actions under the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to the Act.

 

	
  

	
(g)

	
Subcontracts. The Contractor shall insert the terms of this clause in all subcontracts or purchase. orders of $25,000 or more unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor. The Contractor shall act as specified by the Deputy Assistant Secretary of Labor to enforce the terms, including action for noncompliance.

 

	
41.

	
52.222-36 - AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR WORKERS WITH DISABILITIES (JUN 1998)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
General.

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Regarding any position for which the employee or applicant for employment is qualified, the Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant because of physical or mental disability. The Contractor agrees to take affirmative action to employ, advance in employment and otherwise treat qualified individuals with disabilities without discrimination based upon their physical or mental disability in all employment practices such as—

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Recruitment, advertising, and job application procedures;

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Hiring, upgrading, promotion, award of tenure, demotion, transfer, layoff, termination, right of return from layoff, and rehiring;

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
Rates of pay or any other form of compensation and changes in compensation;

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
Job assignments, job classifications, organizational structures, position descriptions, lines of progression, and seniority lists;

 

	
  

	
(v)

	
Leaves of absence, sick leave, or any other leave;

 

	
  

	
(vi)

	
Fringe benefits available by virtue of employment, whether or not administered by the Contractor;

 

	
  

	
(vii)

	
Selection and financial support for training, including apprenticeships, professional meetings, conferences, and other related activities, and selection for leaves of absence to pursue training

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 36 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(viii)

	
Activities sponsored by the Contractor, including social or recreational programs; and

 

	
  

	
(ix)

	
Any other term, condition, or privilege of employment.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The Contractor agrees to comply with the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor (Secretary) issued under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 USC 793) (the Act), as amended.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Postings.

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The Contractor agrees to post employment notices stating (I) the Contractors obligation under the law to take affirmative action to employ and advance in employment qualified individuals with disabilities and (ii) the rights of applicants and employees.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
These notices shall be posted in conspicuous places that are available to employees and applicants for employment. The Contractor shall ensure that applicants and employees with disabilities are informed of the contents of the notice (e.g., the Contractor may have the notice read to a visually disabled individual, or may lower the posted notice so that it might be read by a person in a wheelchair). The notices shall be in a form prescribed by the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Federal Contract Compliance of the U.S. Department of Labor (Deputy Assistant Secretary) and shall be provided by or through the Contracting Officer.

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
The Contractor shall notify each labor union or representative of workers with which it as a collective bargaining agreement or other contract understanding, that the Contractor is bound by the terms of Section 503 of the Act and is committed to take affirmative action to employ, and advance in employment, qualified individuals with physical or mental disabilities.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Noncompliance. If the Contractor does not comply, with the requirements of this clause, appropriate actions may be taken under the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary issued pursuant to the Act.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Subcontracts. The Contractor shall include the terms of this clause in every subcontract or purchase order in excess of $10,000 unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary. The Contractor shall act as specified by the Director to enforce the terms, including action for noncompliance.

 

	
42.

	
52.222-37 - EMPLOYMENT REPORTS ON SPECIAL DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA AND OTHER ELIGIBLE VETERANS (DEC 2001).

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Unless the Contractor is a State or local government agency, the Contractor shall report at least annually, as. required by the Secretary of Labor, on-

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 37 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The number of special disabled veterans, the number of veterans of the Vietnam era, and other eligible veterans in the workforce of the Contractor by job category and hiring location; and

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The total number of new employees hired during the period covered by the report, and of the total, the number of special disabled veterans, the number of veterans of the Vietnam era, and the number of other eligible veterans; and

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
The maximum number and the minimum number of employees of the Contractor during the period covered by the report.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The Contractor shall report the above items by completing the Form VETS-100, entitled “Federal Contractor Veterans’ Employment Report (VETS-100 Report)”.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
The Contractor shall submit VETS-100 Reports, no later than September 30 of each year beginning September 30, 1988.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
The employment activity report required by paragraph (a)(2) of this clause shall reflect total hires during the most recent 12-month period as of the ending date selected for the employment profile report required by paragraph (a)(1,) of this clause. Contractors may select an ending date-

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
As of the end of any pay period between July 1 and August 31 of the year the report is due; or

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
As of December 31, if the Contractor has :prior written approval from the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission to do so for purposes of submitting the Employer Information Report EEO-1 (Standard Form 100);

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
The Contractor shall base the count of veterans reported according to paragraph (a) of this clause on voluntary disclosure. Each Contractor subject to the reporting requirements at 38 U.S.C. 4212 shall invite all special disabled veterans, veterans of the Vietnam era, and other eligible veterans who wish to benefit under the affirmative action program at 38 U.S.C. 4212 to identify themselves to the Contractor. The invitation shall state that

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The information is voluntarily provided;

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The information will be kept confidential;

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
Disclosure or refusal to provide the information will not subject the applicant or employee, to any adverse treatment; and

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
The information will be used. only in accordance with the regulations promulgated under 38 U.S.C. 4212.

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 38 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(f)

	
The Contractor shall insert the terms of this clause in all subcontracts or purchase orders of $25,000 or more unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor.

 

	
43.

	
52.209-6 - PROTECTING THE GOVERNMENTS INTEREST, WHEN SUBCONTRACTING WITH CONTRACTORS DEBARRED, SUSPENDED, OR PROPOSED FOR DEBARMENT (JUL 1995)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
The Government suspends or debars Contractors to protect the Government’s interests. Contractors shall not enter into any subcontract in excess of the small purchase limitation at FAR 13.000 with a Contractor that has been debarred, suspended, or proposed for debarment unless there is a compelling reason to do so.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The Contractor shall require each proposed first tier subcontractor, whose subcontract will exceed the small purchase limitation at FAR 13.000 to disclose to the Contractor, in writing, whether as of the time of award of the subcontract, the subcontractor, or its principals, is or is not debarred, suspended, or proposed for debarment by the Federal Government.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
A corporate officer or designee of the Contractor shall, notify the Contracting Officer, in writing, before entering into a subcontract with a party that is debarred, suspended or proposed for debarment (See FAR 9.404 for information on the : List of Parties Excluded from Federal Procurement and No procurement Programs). The notice must include the following:

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The name of the subcontractor,

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The Contractor’s knowledge of the reasons for the subcontractor being on the List of Parties Excluded from Federal Procurement and Nonprocurement Programs;

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
The compelling reason(s) for doing business with the subcontractor notwithstanding its inclusion on the List of Parties Excluded from Federal Procurement and Nonprocurement Programs;

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
The systems and procedures the Contractor has established to ensure that it is fully protecting the Government’s interests when dealing with such subcontractor in view of the specific basis for the party’s debarment, suspension, or proposed debarment.

 

	
44.

	
52.215-12 - SUBCONTRACTOR COST OR PRICING DATA (OCT 1997)

 

(Applies when the clause at FAR 52.215-10 is applicable.)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Before awarding any subcontract expected to exceed the threshold for submission of cost or pricing data at FAR 15.403-4, on the date of agreement on price or the date of award, which ever is later; or before pricing any subcontract modification involving a pricing adjustment expected to exceed the threshold for submission of cost or pricing data at FAR 15.403-4, the Contractor shall require the subcontractor to submit cost or pricing data (actually or by specific identification in writing), unless an exception under FAR 15.403-1 applies.

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 39 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The Contractor shall require the subcontractor to certify in substantially the form prescribed in FAR 15.406-2 that, to the best of its knowledge and belief, the data submitted under paragraph (a) of this clause were accurate, complete, and current as of the date of agreement on the negotiated price of the subcontract or subcontract modification.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
In each subcontract that exceeds the threshold for submission of cost or pricing data at FAR 15.403-4, when entered into, the Contractor shall insert either—

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), if paragraph (a) of this clause requires submission of cost or pricing data for the subcontract; or

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The substance of the clause at FAR 52.215-13, Subcontractor Cost or Pricing Data -­Modifications.

 

	
45.

	
52.219-8 - UTILIZATION OF SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS (OCT 2000)

 

(Applies to leases over $100,000 average net annual rental, including option periods.)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
It is the policy of the United States that small business concerns,, veteran-owned small business concerns, service-disabled veteran-owned small business concerns, HUBZone small business concerns, small disadvantaged business concerns, and women-owned small business concerns shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in performing contracts let by any Federal agency, including contracts and subcontracts for subsystems, assemblies, components, and related’ services for major systems. It is further the policy of the United States that its prime’ contractors establish procedures to ensure the timely payment of amounts due pursuant to the terms of their subcontracts with small business concerns, veteran-owned small business concerns,
service-disabled  veteran-owned small business concerns, HUBZone small business concerns, small disadvantaged business concerns, and women-owned small business concerns.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The Contractor hereby agrees t. out this policy in the .awarding of subcontracts to the fullest extent consistent with efficient contract performance. The Contractor further agrees to cooperate in any studies or surveys as may be conducted by the United States Small Business Administration or the awarding agency of the United States as may be necessary to determine the extent of the Contractor’s compliance with this clause.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Definitions. As used, in this contract -

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 40 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

HUBZone small business concern means a small business concern that appears on the List of Qualified HUBZone Small Business Concerns maintained by the Small Business Administration.

 

Service-disabled veteran-owned small business concern -

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Means a small business concern -

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Not less than 51 percent of which is owned by one or more service-disabled veterans or, in the case of any publicly owned business, not less than 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more service-disabled veterans; and

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
The management and daily business operations of which are controlled by one or more service-disabled veterans or, in the case of. a veteran with permanent and severe disability, the spouse or permanent caregiver. of such veteran.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Service-disabled veteran means a veteran, as defined in 38 U.S.C. 101(2), with a disability that is service-connected, as defined in 38 U.S.C. 101(16).

 

Small business concern means a small business as defined pursuant to Section 3 of the Small Business Act and relevant regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

 

Small disadvantaged business concern means a small business concern that represents, as part of its offer that -

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
It has received certification as a small disadvantaged business concern consistent with 13 CFR part 124, Subpart B;

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
No material change in disadvantaged ownership and control has occurred since its certification;

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
Where the concern is owned by one or more individuals, the net worth of each individual upon whom the certification is based does not exceed $750,000 after taking into account the applicable exclusions set forth at 13 CFR 124.104(c)(2); and

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
It is identified, on the date of its representation, as a certified small disadvantaged business in the database maintained by the Small Business Administration (PRO-Net).

 

“Veteran-owned small business concern” means a small business concern -

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Not less than 51 percent of which is owned by one or more veterans (as defined at 38 U.S.C. 101(2)) or, in the case of any publicly owned business, not less than 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more veterans; and

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 3 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The management and daily business operations of which are controlled by one or more veterans.

 

“Women-owned small business concern” means a small business concern —

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
That is at least 51 percent owned by one or more women, or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more women; and

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more women.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Contractors acting in good faith may rely on written” representations by their subcontractors regarding their status as a small business concern, a veteran-owned small business concern, a service-disabled veteran-owned small business concern, a HUBZone small business concern, a small disadvantaged business concern, or a women-owned small business concern.

 

	
46.

	
52.219-9-SMALL BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTING PLAN (JAN 2002)

 

(Applies to leases over $500,000.)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
This clause does not apply to small business concerns.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Definitions. As used in this clause-

 

“Commercial item” means a product or service that satisfies the definition of commercial item in section 2.101 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation.

 

“Commercial plan” means a subcontracting plan (including goals) that covers the offeror’s fiscal year and that applies to the entire production of commercial items sold by either the entire company or a portion thereof (e.g., division, plant or product line).

 

“Individual contract plan” means a subcontracting plan that covers the entire contract period (including option periods), applies to a specific contract, and has goals that are based on the offeror’s planned subcontracting in support of the specific contract, except that indirect costs incurred for common or joint purposes may be allocated on a prorated basis to the contract.

 

“Master plan” means a subcontracting plan that contains all the required elements of an individual contract plan, except goals, and may be incorporated into individual contract plans, provided the master plan has been approved.

 

“Subcontract” means any agreement (other than one involving an employer-employee relationship) entered into by a Federal Government prime Contractor or subcontractor calling for supplies or services required for performance of the contract or subcontract.

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 42 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
The offeror, upon request by the Contracting Officer, shall submit and negotiate a subcontracting plan, where applicable, that separately addresses subcontracting with small business, veteran-owned small business, service-disabled veteran-owned small business, HUBZone, small business concerns, small disadvantaged business; and women-owned small business concerns. If the offeror is submitting an individual contract plan, the plan must separately address subcontracting with small business, veteran-owned small business, service-disabled veteran-owned small business, HUBZone small business, small disadvantaged business, and women-owned small business concerns, with a separate part for the basic contract and separate parts for each option (if any). The plan shall be included in and made a part
of the resultant contract. The subcontracting plan shall be negotiated within the time specified by the Contracting Officer. Failure to submit and negotiate the subcontracting plan shall make the offeror ineligible for award of a contract.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
The offeror’s subcontracting plan shall include the following:

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Goals, expressed in terms of percentages of total planned subcontracting dollars, for the use of small business, veteran-owned small business, service-disabled veteran-owned small business, HUBZone small business, small disadvantaged business, and women-owned small business concerns as subcontractors. The offeror shall include all subcontracts that contribute to contract performance, and may include a proportionate share of products and services that are normally allocated as indirect costs.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
A statement of-

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Total dollars planned to be subcontracted for an individual contract plan; or the offeror’s total projected sales, expressed in dollars, and the total value of projected subcontracts to support the sales for a commercial plan;

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Total dollars planned to be subcontracted to small business concerns;

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
Total dollars planned to be subcontracted to veteran-owned small business concerns;

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
Total dollars planned to be subcontracted to service-disabled veteran-owned small business;

 

	
  

	
(v)

	
Total dollars planned to be subcontracted to HUBZone small business concerns;

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 43 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

	
  

	
(vi)

	
Total dollars planned to be subcontracted to small disadvantaged business concerns; and

 

	
  

	
(vii)

	
Total dollars planned to be subcontracted to women-owned small business concerns.

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
A description of the principal types of supplies and services to be subcontracted, and an identification of the types planned for subcontracting to-

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Small business concerns;

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Veteran-owned small business concerns;

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
Service-disabled veteran-owned small business concerns;

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
HUBZone small business concerns;

 

	
  

	
(v)

	
Small disadvantaged business concerns; and

 

	
  

	
(vi)

	
Women-owned small business concerns.

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
A description of the method used to develop the subcontracting goals in paragraph (d)(1) of this clause.

 

	
  

	
(5)

	
A description of the method used to identify potential sources for solicitation purposes (e.g., existing company source lists, the Procurement Marketing and Access Network (PRO-Net) of the Small Business Administration (SBA), veterans service organizations, the National Minority Purchasing Council Vendor Information Service, the Research and Information Division of the Minority Business Development Agency in the Department of Commerce, or small, HUBZone, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small business trade associations). A firm. may rely on the information contained in PRO-Net as an accurate representation of a concern’s size and ownership characteristics for the purposes of maintaining a small, veteran-owned small, service-disabled veteran-owned small, HUBZone small, small
disadvantaged, and women-owned small. business source list. Use of PRO-Net as its source list does not relieve a firm of its responsibilities (e.g., outreach, assistance, counseling, or publicizing subcontracting opportunities) in this clause.

 

	
  

	
(6)

	
A statement as to whether or not the offeror: included indirect costs in establishing subcontracting goals, and a description of the method used to determine the proportionate share of indirect costs to be incurred with -

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Small business concerns;

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 44 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Veteran-owned small business concerns;

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
Service-disabled veteran-owned small business concerns;

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
HUBZone small business concerns;

 

	
  

	
(v)

	
Small disadvantaged business concerns; and

 

	
  

	
(vi)

	
Women-owned small business concerns.

 

	
  

	
(7)

	
The name of the individual employed by the offeror who will administer the offeror’s subcontracting program, and a description of the duties of the individual.

 

	
  

	
(8)

	
A description of the efforts the offeror will make to assure that small business, veteran- owned small business, service-disabled veteran-owned small business, HUBZone small business, small disadvantaged business,, and women-owned small business concerns have an equitable opportunity to compete for subcontracts.

 

	
  

	
(9)

	
Assurances that the offeror will include the clause of this contract entitled “Utilization of Small Business Concerns” in all subcontracts that offer further subcontracting opportunities, and that the offeror will require all subcontractors (except small business concerns) that receive subcontracts in excess of $500,000 ($1,000,000 for construction of any public facility) to adopt a subcontracting plan that complies with the requirements of this clause.

 

	
  

	
(10)

	
Assurances that the offeror will-

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Cooperate in any studies or surveys as may be required;

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Submit periodic reports so that the Government can determine the extent of compliance by the offeror with the subcontracting plan;

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
Submit Standard Form (SF) 294, Subcontracting Report for Individual Contracts, and/or SF 295, Summary Subcontract; Report, in accordance with paragraph (0) of this clause. The reports shall provide information on subcontract awards to small business concerns, veteran-owned small business concerns, service- disabled veteran-owned small business concerns, HUBZone small business concerns, small disadvantaged business concerns, women-owned small business concerns, and Historically: Black Colleges and Universities and Minority Institutions; Reporting shall be in accordance with the instructions on the forms or as provided in agency regulations.

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 45 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
Ensure that its subcontractors agree to submit SF 294 and SF 295.

 

	
  

	
(11)

	
A description of the types of records that will be maintained concerning procedures that have been adopted to comply with the requirements and goals in the plan, including establishing source lists; and a description of the offeror’s efforts to locate small business, veteran-owned small business, service-disabled veteran-owned small business, HUBZone small business, small disadvantaged business, and women-owned small business concerns, and award subcontracts to them. The records shall include at least the following (on a plant wide or companywide basis, unless otherwise indicated):

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Source lists (e.g., PRO-Net), guides, and other data that identify small business, veteran-owned small business, service-disabled veteran-owned small business, HUBZone small business, small disadvantaged business, and women-owned small business concerns..

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Organizations contacted in an attempt to locate sources that are small business, veteran-owned small business, service-disabled veteran-owned small business, HUBZone small business, small disadvantaged business, or women- owned small business. concerns.

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
Records on each subcontract solicitation resulting in an award of more than $100,000, indicating:

 

	
  

	
(A)

	
Whether small business concerns were solicited and, if not, why not;

 

	
  

	
(B)

	
Whether veteran-owned small business concerns were solicited and, if not, why not;

 

	
  

	
(C)

	
Whether service-disabled veteran-owned small business concerns were solicited and, if not, why not;

 

	
  

	
(D)

	
Whether HUBZone small business concerns were solicited and, if not, why not;

 

	
  

	
(E)

	
Whether small disadvantaged business concerns were solicited and, if not, why not;

 

	
  

	
(F)

	
Whether women-owned small business concerns were solicited and, if not, why not and

 

	
  

	
(G)

	
if applicable, the reason award was not made to a small business concern.

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 46 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
Records of any outreach efforts to contact-

 

	
  

	
(A)

	
Trade associations;

 

	
  

	
(B)

	
Business development organizations;

 

	
  

	
(C)

	
Conferences and trade fairs to: locate small, HUBZone small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small business sources; and

 

	
  

	
(D)

	
Veterans service organizations.

 

	
  

	
(v)

	
Records of internal guidance and encouragement provided to buyers through-

 

	
  

	
(A)

	
Workshops, seminars, training, etc.; and

 

	
  

	
(B)

	
Monitoring performance to evaluate compliance with the program’s requirements.

 

	
  

	
(vi)

	
On a contract-by-contract basis, records to support award data submitted by the offeror to the Government, including the name, address, and business size of each subcontractor. Contractors having commercial plans need not comply with this requirement.

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
In order to effectively  implement this plan to the extent consistent with efficient contract performance, the Contractor shall perform the following functions:

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Assist small business, veteran-owned small business, service-disabled veteran-owned small business, HUBZone small business, small disadvantaged business, and women- owned small business concerns by arranging solicitations, time for the preparation of bids, quantities, specifications, and delivery schedules so as to facilitate the participation by such concerns. Where the Contractor’s lists of potential small business, veteran-owned small business, service-disabled veteran-owned small business, HUBZone small business, small disadvantaged business, and women-owned small business subcontractors are excessively long, reasonable effort shall be made to give all such small business concerns an opportunity to compete over a period of time.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Provide adequate and timely consideration of. the potentialities of small business, veteran-owned small business, service-disabled veteran-owned small business, HUBZone small business, small disadvantaged business, and women-owned small business concerns in all “make-or-buy” decisions.

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 47 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
Counsel and discuss subcontracting opportunities with representatives of small business, veteran-owned small business, service-disabled veteran-owned small business, HUBZone small, business, small disadvantaged business, and women-owned small business firms.

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
Provide notice to subcontractors concerning penalties and remedies for misrepresentations of business status as small, veteran-owned small business, HUBZone small, small disadvantaged, or women-owned small business for the purpose of obtaining a subcontract that is to be included as part or all of a goal contained in the Contractor’s subcontracting plan.

 

	
  

	
(f)

	
A master plan on a plant or division-wide basis that contains all the elements required by paragraph (d) of this clause, except goals, may be incorporated by reference as a part of the subcontracting plan required of the offeror by this clause; provided-

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The master plan has been approved;

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The offeror ensures that the master plan is updated as, necessary and provides copies of the approved master plan, including evidence of its approval, to the Contracting Officer, and

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
Goals and any deviations from the master plan deemed necessary by the Contracting Officer to satisfy the requirements of this contract are set forth in the individual subcontracting plan.

 

	
  

	
(g)

	
A commercial plan is the preferred type of subcontracting plan for contractors furnishing commercial items. The commercial plan shall relate to the offerors planned subcontracting generally, for both commercial and Government business, rather than solely to the Government contract. Commercial plans are also preferred for subcontractors that provide commercial items under a prime contract, whether or not the prime contractor is supplying a commercial item.

 

	
  

	
(h)

	
Prior compliance of the offeror with other such subcontracting plans under previous contracts will be considered by the Contracting Officer in determining the responsibility of the offeror for award of the contract.

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
The failure of the Contractor or subcontractor to comply in good faith with-

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The clause of this contract entitled “Utilization Of Small Business Concerns;” or

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
An approved plan required by this clause, shall be a material breach of the contract.

 

	
  

	
(j)

	
The Contractor shall submit the following reports:

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 48 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Standard Form 294, Subcontracting Report for Individual Contracts. This report shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer semiannually and at contract completion. The report covers subcontract award data related to this contract. This report is not required for commercial plans.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Standard Form 295, Summary Subcontract Report. This report encompasses all of the contracts with the awarding agency. It must be submitted semi-annually for contracts with the Department of Defense and annually for contracts with civilian agencies. if the reporting activity is covered by a commercial plan, the reporting activity must report annually all subcontract awards under that plan. All reports submitted at the close of each fiscal year (both individual and commercial plans) shall include a breakout, in the Contractor’s format, of subcontract awards, in whole dollars, to small disadvantaged business concerns by North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) Industry Subsector. For a commercial plan, the Contractor may obtain from each of its subcontractors a predominant
NAICS Industry; Subsector and report all awards to that subcontractor under its predominant NAICS Industry Subsector.

 

	
47.

	
52.219-16 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES - SUBCONTRACTING PLAN (JAN 1999)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Failure to make a good faith effort to comply with the subcontracting plan, as used in this clause, means a willful or intentional failure to perform in accordance with the requirements of the subcontracting plan approved under the clause in this contract entitled “Small Business Subcontracting Plan,” or willful or intentional action to frustrate the plan.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Performance shall be measured by applying the percentage goals to the total actual subcontracting dollars or, if a commercial plan is involved, to the pro rata share of actual subcontracting dollars attributable to Government contracts covered by the commercial plan. If, at contract completion or, in the case of a commercial plan, at the close of the fiscal year for which the plan is applicable, the Contractor has failed to meet its subcontracting goals and the Contracting Officer decides in accordance with paragraph (c) of this clause that the Contractor failed to make a good faith effort to comply with its subcontracting plan, established in accordance with the clause in this contract entitled “Small Business Subcontracting Plan,” the Contractor shall pay the Government
liquidated damages in an amount stated. The amount of probable damages attributable to the Contractor’s failure to comply shall be an amount equal to the actual dollar amount by which the Contractor failed to achieve each subcontract goal.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Before the Contracting Officer makes a final decision that the Contractor has failed to make such good faith effort, the Contracting Officer shall give the Contractor written notice specifying the failure and permitting the Contractor to demonstrate what good faith efforts have been made and to discuss, the matter. Failure to respond to the notice may be taken as an admission that no valid explanation exists. If, after consideration of all the pertinent data, the Contracting Officer finds that the Contractor failed to make a good faith effort to comply with the subcontracting plan, the Contracting Officer shall issue a final decision to that effect and require that the Contractor pay the Government liquidated damages as provided in paragraph (b) of this clause.

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 49 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
With respect to commercial plans, the Contracting Officer who approved the plan will perform the functions of the Contracting Officer under this clause on behalf of all agencies with contracts covered by the commercial plan.

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
The Contractor shall have the right of appeal, under the clause in this contract entitled Disputes, from any final decision of the Contracting Officer.

 

	
  

	
(f)

	
Liquidated damages, shall be in addition to any other remedies that the Government may have.

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 50 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

	
REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS

(Acquisition of Leasehold Interests in Real Property)

	
Solicitation Number

4TX0510

	
Date

 

Complete appropriate boxes, sign the form, and attach to offer.

 

The Offeror makes the following Representations and Certifications: NOTE: The “Offeror,” as used on this form, is the owner of the property offered, not an individual or agent representing the owner.

 

	
1.

	
52.219-1 - SMALL BUSINESS PROGRAM REPRESENTATIONS (APR 2002)

 

	
  

	
(a)

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code for this acquisition is 531190.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The small business size standard is $17.5 Million.

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
The small business size standard for a concern which submits an offer in its own name, other than on a construction or service contract, but which proposes to furnish a product which it did not itself manufacture, is 500 employees.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Representations.

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The Offeror represents as part of its offer that it [X] is, [ ] is not a small business concern.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
[Complete only if the Offeror represented itself as a small business concern in paragraph(b)(1) of this provision.] The Offeror represents, for general statistical purposes, that it [ ] is, [x] is not, a small disadvantaged business concern as defined in 13 -CFR 124.1002.

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
[Complete only if the Offeror represented itself as. a small business concern in paragraph (b)(1) of this provision.] The Offeror represents, as part of its offer that it [ ] is, N is not a women-owned small business concern.

 

	
  

	
(4)

	
Complete only if the Offeror represented itself as a small business concern in paragraph (b)(1) of this provision.] The Offeror represents, as part of its offer that it [ ]is, (] is not a veteran-owned small business concern.

 

	
  

	
(5)

	
[Complete only if the Offeror represented itself as a veteran-owned small business concern in paragraph (b)(4) of this provision.] The Offeror represents as part of its offer that it [ ] is, [ ] is not a service-disabled veteran-owned small business concern.

 

	
  

	
(6)

	
(Complete only if the Offeror represented itself as a small business concerti in paragraph (b)(1) of this provision.] The Offeror represents,: as part of its offer, that-

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 51 (REV 12/03)

  

 

  

	
  

	
(i)

	
It [ ] is, [ ] is not a HUBZone small business concern listed, on the date of this representation, on the List of Qualified. HUBZone Small Business Concerns maintained by the Small Business Administration, and no material change in ownership and control, principal office, or HUBZone employee percentage has occurred since it was certified by the Small Business Administration in accordance with 13 CFR part 126; and

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
It [ ] is, [ ] is not a joint venture that complies with the requirements of 13 CFR part 1.26, and the representation in paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this provision is accurate for the HUBZone small business concern or concerns that are participating in the joint venture. [The Offeror shall enter the name or names of the HUBZone small business concern or concerns that are participating in the joint venture:] Each HUBZone small business concern participating in the joint venture shall; submit a separate signed copy of the HUBZone representation.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Definitions. As used in this provision -

 

“Service-disabled veteran-owned small business concern”--

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Means a small business concern-

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Not less than 51 percent of which is owned by one or more service-disabled veterans or, in the case of any publicly owned business, not less than 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more service-disabled veterans; and

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
The management and daily business operations of which are controlled by one or more service-disabled veterans or, in the case of a veteran with permanent and severe disability, the spouse or permanent caregiver of such veteran.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Service-disabled veteran .means a veteran, as defined in 38. U.S.C. 101(2), with a disability that is service-connected, as defined in 38 U.S.C. 101(16).

 

“Small business concern” means a concern, including its affiliates, that is independently owned and operated, not dominant in the field of. operation in which it is bidding on Government contracts, and qualified as a small business under the criteria in 13 CFR part 121 and the size standard in paragraph (a) of this provision.

 

“Veteran-owned small business concern” means a small business concern.

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Not less than 51 percent of which is owned by one or more veterans (as defined at 38 U.S.C. 101(2)) or, in the case of any publicly owned business, not less than 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more veterans; and

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 52 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The management and daily business operations of which are controlled by one or more veterans.

 

“Women-owned small business concern” means a small business concern -

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
That is at least 51 percent owned by one or more women; or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more women; and

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more women.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Notice.

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
If this solicitation is for supplies and has been set aside, in whole or in part, for small business concerns, then the clause in this solicitation providing notice of the set-aside contains restrictions on the source of the end items to be furnished.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
Under 15 U.S.C. 645(d), any person who misrepresents a firm’s status as a small, HUBZone small, small disadvantaged, or women-owned small business concern in order to obtain a contract to be awarded under the preference programs established pursuant to section 8(a), 8(d), 9, or 15 of the Small Business Act or any other provision of Federal law that specifically references section 8(d) for a definition of program eligibility, shall -

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Be punished by imposition of fine, imprisonment, or both;

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Be subject to administrative remedies, including suspension and debarment; and

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
Be ineligible for participation in programs conducted under the authority of the Act.

 

	
2.

	
52.204-5 - WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS (OTHER THAN SMALL BUSINESS) (MAY 1999)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Definition. “Women-owned business concern,” as used in this provision,, means a concern which is at least 51 percent owned by one or more women; or in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of its, stock is owned by one or more women; and whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more women.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Representation. [Complete only if the Offeror is a women-owned business concern and has not represented itself as a small business concern in paragraph (b)(1) of FAR 52,219-1, Small Business Program Representations, of this solicitation.] The Offeror represents that it [ ] is a women-owned business concern.

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 53 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

 

	
3.

	
52.222-22 -PREVIOUS CONTRACTS AND COMPLIANCE REPORTS (FEB 1999)

 

(Applicable to leases over $10,000.)

 

The Offeror represents that--

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
It [ ] has, [ ] has not participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity clause of this solicitation;

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
It [ ] has, [ ] has not filed all required compliance reports; and

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Representations indicating submission of required compliance reports, signed by proposed subcontractors, will be obtained before subcontract awards. (Approved by OMB under Control Number 1215-0072.)

 

	
4.

	
52.222-25 - AFFIRMATIVE ACTION COMPLIANCE (APR 1984)

 

(Applicable to leases over $10,000 and which include the clause at FAR 52.222-26, Equal Opportunity.)

 

The Offeror represents that—

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
It [ ] has developed and has on file, [ ] has not developed and does not have on file, at each establishment affirmative action programs required by the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor (41 CFR 60-1 and 60-2), or

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
It [ ] has not previously had contracts subject to the written affirmative action programs requirement of the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor. (Approved by OMB under Control Number 1215-0072.)

 

	
5.

	
52.203-02 - CERTIFICATE OF INDEPENDENT PRICE DETERMINATION (APR 1985)

 

(Applicable to leases over $100,000 average net annual rental, including option periods.).

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
The Offeror certifies that -

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
The prices in this offer have been arrived at Independently, without, for the purpose of restricting competition, any consultation, communication, or agreement with any other Offeror or competitor relating to (i) those prices, (ii) the intention to, submit an offer, or (iii) the methods or factors used to calculate the prices offered;

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The prices in this offer have not been and will not be knowingly disclosed by the Offeror, directly or indirectly, to any other Offeror or competitor before bid opening (in the case of a sealed bid solicitation) or contract award (in the case of a negotiated solicitation) unless otherwise required by law; and

 

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 54 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
No attempt has been made or will be made by the Offeror to induce any other concern to submit or not to submit an offer for the purpose of restricting competition.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
Each signature on the offer is considered to be a’ certification by the signatory that the signatory.

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
Is the person in the Offeror’s organization responsible for determining the prices being offered in this bid or proposal, and that the signatory has not participated, and will not participate in any action contrary to subparagraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) above; or

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
(i)

	
Has been authorized, in writing, to act as agent for the following principals in certifying that those principals have not participated, and will not participate in any action contrary to subparagraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) above  Scott A. Larson [Insert full name of person(s) in the Offeror’s organization responsible for determining the prices offered in this bid or proposal, and the title of his or her position in the Offeror’s organization];

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
As an authorized agent, does certify that the principals named in subdivision (b)(2)(i) above have not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to subparagraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) above; and

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
As an agent, has not personally participated, and will not participate, in action contrary to subparagraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) above.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
If the Offeror deletes or modifies subparagraph (a)(2) above, the Offeror must furnish with its offer a signed statement setting forth in detail the circumstances of the disclosure.

 

	
6.

	
52.203-11 - CERTIFICATION AND DISCLOSURE REGARDING PAYMENTS TO INFLUENCE CERTAIN FEDERAL TRANSACTIONS (APR 1991)

 

(Applicable to leases over $100,000.)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
The definitions and prohibitions contained in the clause,. at FAR 52.203-12, Limitation on Payments to Influence Certain Federal Transactions:, are hereby incorporated by reference in paragraph (b) of this certification.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The Offeror, by signing its offer; hereby certifies to the best of his or her knowledge and belief that on or after December 23, 1989, —

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress on his or her behalf in connection with the awarding of a contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement;

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 55 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds (including profit or fee received under a covered Federal transaction) have been paid, or will be paid, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an . officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member. of Congress on his or her behalf in connection with this solicitation, the Offeror shall complete and submit, with its offer, OMB standard form LLL, Disclosure of Lobbying Activities, to the Contracting Officer; and

 

	
  

	
(3)

	
He or she will include the language of this certification in all subcontract awards at any tier and require that all recipients of subcontract awards in excess of $100,000 shall certify and disclose accordingly.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
Submission of this certification and disclosure is a prerequisite for making or entering into this contract imposed by section 1352, title 31, United States Code. Any person who makes an expenditure prohibited under this provision or who fails to file or amend the disclosure form to be filed or amended by this provision, shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000, and not more than $100,000, for each such failure.

 

	
7.

	
52.209-5 - CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, PROPOSED DEBARMENT, AND OTHER RESPONSIBILITY MATTERS (DEC 2001)

 

(Applicable to leases over $100,000 average net annual rental, including option periods.)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
(1)

	
The Offeror certifies, to the best of its knowledge and belief, that-

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
The Offeror and/or any of its Principals --

 

	
  

	
(A)

	
Are [ ] are not [x] presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, or declared ineligible. for the award of contracts by any Federal agency;.

 

	
  

	
(B)

	
Have [ ] have not [x], within a three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state, or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers: or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion, or receiving stolen property: and

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 56 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

	
  

	
(C)

	
Are [ ] are not [x] presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) of this provision.

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
The Offeror has [ ] has not [x], within a three-year period preceding this offer, had one or more contracts terminated for default by any Federal agency.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
“Principals,” for the purposes of this certification, means officers; directors; owners; partners; and, persons having primary management or supervisory responsibilities within a business entity (e.g., general manager, plant manager; head of a subsidiary, division, or business segment, and similar positions).

 

This Certification Concerns a Matter Within the Jurisdiction of an Agency of the United States and the Making of a False, Fictitious, or Fraudulent Certification May Render the Maker Subject to Prosecution Under Section 1001, Title 18; United States Code.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
The Offeror shall provide immediate written notice to the Contracting Officer if, at any time prior to contract award, the Offeror learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
A certification that any of the items, in paragraph (a) of this provision exists will not necessarily result in withholding of an award under this solicitation. However, the certification will be considered in connection with a determination of the Offeror’s responsibility. Failure of the Offeror to furnish a certification or provide  such additional information as requested by the Contracting Officer may render the Offeror nonresponsible.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, In good faith, the certification required by paragraph (a) of this provision. The knowledge and Information of an Offeror is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.

 

	
  

	
(e)

	
The certification in paragraph (a) of this provision is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making award. If it is later determined that the Offeror knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Government, the Contracting Officer may terminate the contract resulting from this solicitation for default.

 

	
8.

	
52.204-3 - TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION (OCT 1998)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
Definitions.

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 57 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

“Common parent,” as used in this provision, means that corporate entity that owns or controls an affiliated group of corporations that files its Federal income tax returns on a consolidated basis, and of which the Offeror is a member.

 

“Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN),” as used in this provision, means the number required by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) to be used by the Offeror in reporting income tax and other returns. The TIN may be either a Social Security Number or an Employer Identification Number.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
All Offerors must submit the information required; in paragraphs (d) through (f) of this provision to comply with debt collection requirements of 31 U.S.C. 7701(c) and 3325(d), reporting requirements of 26 U.S.C. 6041, 6041A, and 8050M, and implementing regulations issued by the IRS. If the resulting contract is subject to the payment reporting requirements described in Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 4.904, the failure or refusal by the Offeror to furnish the information may result in a 31 percent reduction of payments otherwise due’ under the contract.

 

	
  

	
(c)

	
The TIN may be used by the Government to collect. and report on any delinquent amounts arising out of the Offeror’s relationship with the Government (31 U.S.C. 7701 (c)(3)). If the resulting contract is subject to the payment reporting requirements described in FAR 4.904, the TIN provided hereunder may be matched with IRS records to verify the accuracy of the Offeror’s TIN.

 

	
  

	
(d)

	
Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)

 

[ ]          TIN:

 

[ ]          TIN has been applied for.

 

[ ]          TIN is not required because:

 

[ ]          Offeror is a nonresident alien, foreign corporation, or foreign partnership that does not have income effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States and does not have an office or place of business or a fiscal paying agent in the United States;

 

[ ]          Offeror is an agency or instrumentality of a foreign government;

 

[ ]          Offeror is an agency or instrumentality of the Federal government;

 

	
(e)

	
Type of organization.

	  	  	
[ ] Sole proprietorship;

	
[  ] Government entity (Federal, State, or local);

	  	  	
[x] Partnership;

	
[  ] Foreign government;

	  	  	
[  ]  Corporate entity not tax-exempt);

	
[  ] International organization per 26 CFR 1.6049-4;

	  	  	
[  ] Corporate entity (tax-exempt);

	
[  ] Other

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 58 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

	
(f)

	
Common Parent

	  
	  	
[x]

	
Offeror is not owned or controlled by a common parent as defined in paragraph (a) of this provision.

	  	  	  
	  	
[  ]

	
Name and TIN of common parent:

	  	  	  
	  	
Name  ___________________________________

	  	
TIN     ___________________________________

 

	
9.

	
52.204.6 -- Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number (OCT 2003)

 

	
  

	
(a)

	
The Offeror shall enter, in the block with its name and address on the cover page of its offer, the annotation “DUNS” or “DUNS+4” followed by the DUNS number or “DUNS+4 that identifies the Offeror’s name and address exactly as stated in the offer. The DUNS number is a nine-digit number assigned by Dun and Bradstreet, Inc. The DUNS+4 is the DUNS number plus a 4-character suffix that may be assigned at the discretion of the Offeror to establish additional CCR records for identifying alternative Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) accounts (see Subpart 32,11) for the same parent concern.

 

	
  

	
(b)

	
If the Offeror does not have a DUNS number, it should contact Dun and Bradstreet directly to obtain one.

 

	
  

	
(1)

	
An Offeror may obtain a DUNS number-

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
if located within the United States, by calling Dun and Bradstreet at 1-866-705­5711 or via the Internet at http/www.dnb.com; or

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
If located, outside the United States, by contacting the local Dun and Bradstreet office.

 

	
  

	
(2)

	
The Offeror should be prepared to provide the following information:

 

	
  

	
(i)

	
Company legal business name.

 

	
  

	
(ii)

	
Tradestyle, doing business, or other name by which your entity is commonly recognized.

 

	
  

	
(iii)

	
Company physical street address, city, state and zip code.

 

	
  

	
(iv)

	
Company mailing address, city, state and zip code (if separate from physical).

 

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 59 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

	
  

	
(v)

	
Company telephone number.

 

	
  

	
(vi)

	
Date the company was started.

 

	
  

	
(vii)

	
Number of employees at your location.

 

	
  

	
(viii)

	
Chief executive officer/key manager.

 

	
  

	
(ix)

	
Line of business (industry).

 

	
  

	
(x)

	
Company Headquarters name and address (reporting relationship within your entity).

 

	
10.

	
DUNS NUMBER (JUN 2004)

 

Notwithstanding the above instructions, in addition to inserting the DUNS Number on the offer cover page, the Offeror shall also provide its DUNS Number as part of this submission:

 

DUNS #                      198896875

 

	
11.

	
CENTRAL CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION (JUN 2004)

 

The Central Contractor Registration (CCR) System is a centrally located, searchable database which assists in the development, maintenance, and provision of sources for future procurements.  The Offeror must be registered in the CCR prior to lease award.  The Offeror shall register via the Internet at Http//.www.ccr.gov.  To remain active, the Offeror/Lessor is required to update or renew its registration annually.

 

Registration is active.  Yes [xx]  No [  ]  Will register [  ]

 

	
OFFEROR OR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

 

4211 Cedar Springs

Partners, Ltd.

	
NAME, ADDRESS (INCLUDING ZIP CODE)

 

4211 Cedar Springs Partners, Ltd.

3311 Oak Lawn Avenue, Suite 250 Dallas, TX  75219

 

________________________________

Scott A. Larson, President of

4211 Cedar Springs Management, L.L.C.

(General Partner)

	
TELEPHONE NUMBER

 

214-443-0040

 

 

 

_____________________

Date

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 60 (REV 12/03)

 

  

 

  

	
90504 General Services Administration

PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE

SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE AGREEMENT

	
SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

1

	
DATE

	
TO LEASE NO. GS-07B-16023

	
ADDRESS OF PREMISES

	
4211 Cedar Springs,

	  	
Dallas, Texas  75219-2698

	
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between

4211 Cedar Springs Partner, Ltd.

	
whose address is

	
P.O. Box 191508

	
Dallas, Texas  75219-1508

 

	
hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the Government:

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease.

 

	
NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the considerations hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is amended to establish design intent drawings upon execution by the Government, as follows:

 

	
Paragraph 17 and 18 are added:

 

“17. Pursuant to Paragraph 3.16.C.2 and 3.16.D  of the SFO, 4TX0510, Design Intent Drawings, attached as Exhibit A, Pages A1.1, A2.1, A2.2, A2.3 are approved by the Government. The Lessor shall commence working/construction drawings for the space.  The Lessor’s working/construction drawings shall be due to the Government no later than June 1, 2006.  Any modifications, additional or upgrades to the design shall be handled in accordance with the General Clauses, Paragraph 33, “Changes.”

 

“18. Attached as Exhibit B, Pages 1 through 9, Agency Special Requirements”

 

All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date.

	
LESSOR:  4211 Cedar Springs Partners, Ltd.

 

 

BY                       /S/                                           

                      (Signature)

 

IN THE PRESENCE OF (witnessed by:)

 

                             /S/                                          

                       (Signature)

 

	
Manager and President of 4211 Cedar Springs Holdings, L.L.C., its General Partner

 

 

           _______________________________________

(Title)

 

 

1404 S. Polk

Dallas, TX  75224                                                                        

(Address)

	
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

 

BY _________________________                                                     

  Contracting Officer

                                  General Services Administration

	  

 

 

	GSA DC 68-1176 GSA 	FORM 276 JUL 67

 

  

 

  

 

	
General Services Administration

PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE

 

SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE AGREEMENT

	
SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

No. 2

	
DATE

10/24/07

	
TO LEASE NO.

 

GS-07B-16023

	
ADDRESS OF PREMISES

	
4211 Cedar Springs,

	  	
Dallas, Texas  15219-2698

	
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between 4211 Cedar Springs Partner, Ltd.

	
 

whose address is                  P.O. Box 191508

Dallas, Texas  75219-1508

 

	
hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the Government:

 

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease.

 

 

	
NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the considerations hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is amended, effective October 17, 2007 as follows:

 

 

The purpose of this Supplemental Lease Agreement (SLA) No. 2 is to amend the required occupancy date of the lease.

	
 

Paragraph 19 is hereby added to the lease as follows::

 

“19. Occupancy is required January 16, 2008.  Upon delivery of the leased premises as substantially complete, the Government shall prepare a “punch list” setting forth all items not essential to substantial completion and which are not yet complete.  The Lessor shall complete all punch list items within seven (7) days of receipt of said punch list.”

 

 

 

All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date.

 

	
LESSOR:  4211 Cedar Springs Partners, Ltd.

By: 4211 ?Cedar Springs Management, L.L.C.

 

BY                          /S/                                

                              (Signature)

 

IN THE PRESENCE OF

 

                                /S/                               

(Signature)

 

	
(General Partner)

          Preside

 

 _______________________________________

(Title)

 

 

 

3311 Oak Lawn Ave. #250, Dallas, TX  75219             

(Address)

	
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

 

BY                          /S/                              

(Signature)

	
CONTRACTING OFFICER

GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION

1100 COMMERCE ST., DALLAS, TX  75242

(Official Title)

GSA Form 276 (Jul. 87)

 

  

 

  

 

 GSA Public Buildings Service

 

	
SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE AGREEMENT

Number 3

 

	
Lease Number:

	
GS-07B-16023

	
Date:

	
April 21, 2009

	
4211 CEDAR SPRINGS, DALLAS, TEXAS  75219-2698

 

	
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between 4211 CEDAR SPRINGS PARTNER, LTD.

 

whose address is                                                           P.O. Box 191508,                                           Dallas,
TX  75219-1508

 

hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the Government:

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease.

 

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the considerations hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is amended, effective January 17, 2008, as follows:

	
The purpose of this Supplemental Lease Agreement (SLA) is to establish beneficial occupancy.

 

“2.  TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the said premises with their appurtenances for the term beginning on 1/18/2008 and continuing through 1/17/2023, subject to termination and renewal rights as stated in the Lease.

 

3.  The Government shall pay the Lessor annual rent of:

 

 

Year 1-10  $746,464.42. ($ 18.98 per rentable square foot) per annum at the rate of $62,205.37 per month in arrears.

 

Repayment of a Cash Allowance of $1,169,347.58 for Tenant Improvement costs amortized over ten years with interest at 1.0% per annum.

 

Year 11-15$623,364.65  ($ 15.85 per rentable square foot) per annum at the rate of $ 51,947.05 per month in arrears.

 

Rent for a lesser period shall be prorated.  Rent checks shall be made payable to:

4211 Cedar Springs Partner, Ltd.

P.O. Box 191508

Dallas, TX  75219-1508

 

All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect.

 

	
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date

LESSOR:  4211 CEDAR SPRINGS PARTNERS, LTD., a Texas limited partnership

	
 

 

BY                       /S/                              

                         (Signature)

 

IN THE PRESENCE OF

 

                             /S/                             

(Signature)

 

	
 

Manager and President of

4211 Cedar Springs Holdings, L.L.C.                               

(General Partner)

 

 

 

3311 Oak Lawn Ave. #250, Dallas, TX  75219                  

(Address)

	
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION, Public Buildings Service.

 

BY                       /S/                                                                                     CONTRACTING OFFICER         

(Signature)                                                                                     (Official Title)

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

GSA Public Buildings Service

 

	
SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE AGREEMENT

Number 4

 

	
Lease Number:

	
GS-07B-16023

	
Date:

	
April 21, 2009

	
4211 CEDAR SPRINGS, DALLAS, TEXAS  75219-2698

 

	
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between 4211 CEDAR SPRINGS PARTNER, LTD.

 

whose address is                                                           P.O. Box 191508,                                           Dallas,
TX  75219-1508

 

hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the Government:

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease.

 

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the considerations hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is amended, effective January 18, 2008, as follows:

 

	
 

The purpose of this Supplemental Lease Agreement (SLA) is:

 

1. To incorporate the Attached Reconciliation of Tenant Improvements (Exhibit A).  The Lessor shall provide alterations to the premises located at 4211 CEDAR SPRINGS ROAD, DALLAS, TX in consideration of a one-time lump sum payment of $ 159,268.99 upon receipt of a proper invoice that has been electronically submitted to GSA.’

 

 

All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect.

 

	
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date.

LESSOR:  4211 CEDAR SPRINGS PARTNERS, LTD., a Texas limited partnership

	
 

 

BY                       /S/                            

                          (Signature)

 

IN THE PRESENCE OF

 

                             /S/                            

                      (Signature)

 

	
 

Manager and President of

4211 Cedar Springs Holdings, L.L.C.                       

(General Partner)

 

 

 

3311 Oak Lawn Ave. #250, Dallas, TX  75219         

(Address)

	
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION, Public Buildings Service.

 

BY                       /S/                                                                                     CONTRACTING OFFICER        

                         (Signature)                                                                                     (Official Title)

 

  

 

  

 

	
General Services Administration

PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE

 

SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE AGREEMENT

	
SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

No. 5

	
DATE

10/30/09

	
TO LEASE NO.

GS-07B-16023

	
ADDRESS OF PREMISES                                                                4211 Cedar Springs, Dallas, Texas  75219

 

	
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between 4211 Cedar Springs Partner, Ltd.

 

whose address is                                           P.O. Box 191508, Dallas, Texas  75219-1508

 

hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the Government:

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease to clarify the term and such related matters as follows.

 

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the considerations hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is amended, effective upon execution by the Government, as follows:

 

The purpose of this Supplemental Lease Agreement Number   5   is to authorize a lump sum payment to the Lessor for alterations provided at 4211 Cedar Springs Road, Dallas, Texas per Supplemental Lease Agreement number 4.

 

Upon completion, inspection, and acceptance of the work by the Contracting Officer, the Government shall reimburse the Lessor in a lump sum payment in the amount of $ 159,268.99  upon receipt of an original invoice.

 

The original invoice must be submitted directly to the GSA Finance office at the following address:

General Services Administration

FTS and PBS Payment Division (7BCP)

PO Box 17181

Fort Worth, TX  76105-0181

 

A copy of the invoice must be provided to the Contracting Officer at the following address:

General Services Administration

Attention:  Nancy Lopez

Real Property Leasing Branch, Team C

819 Taylor Street, Rm 5A18

Fort Worth, TX  76102

 

A  proper invoice must be on the Lessor’s company letterhead and include the following:

▪Invoice Date

▪Name of the Lessor as shown on the Lease

▪Lease contract number and building address

▪Description, price, and quantity of items delivered

▪GSA PDN# PS0016184

 

If the invoice is not submitted on company letterhead, the person(s) with whom the Lease contract is made must sign the invoice.

 

You must not perform any alterations nor install any lump sum items not approved in writing by the Contracting Officer.  This includes any additional items which are not covered  by this lease and for which an award has not specifically been made.  Failure to adhere to these instructions could result in lengthy delays in payment of invoices for such work.

 

All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date.

	
LESSOR:  4211 CEDAR SPRINGS PARTNERS, LTD., a Texas limited partnership

	
 

 

BY                       /S/                                          

                        (Signature)

 

IN THE PRESENCE OF                           /S/               

                                                                 (Name)

 

	
 

Dondi Kickirillo, Manager & V.P.

4211 Cedar Springs Holdings, LLC                                 

(Printed Name)                (General Partner)

 

3311 Oak Lawn Ave. 3rd Floor,  Dallas, TX  75219         

(Address)

	
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

 

BY                       /S/                                           

(Signature)

	
Contracting Officer

General Services Administration

818 Taylor Street, Forth Worth, TX  76102                     

(Official Title)

 

  

 

  

 

	
General Services Administration

PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE

 

SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE AGREEMENT

	
SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

No. 6

	
DATE

10/30/09

	
TO LEASE NO.

GS-07B-16023

	
ADDRESS OF PREMISES                                                                4211 Cedar Springs

Dallas, Texas  75219-2602

 

	
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between 4211 Cedar Springs Partner, Ltd.

 

whose address is                                                      5305 Miramar Lane

Colleyville, TX  76034-5555

 

hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the Government:

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease.

 

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the considerations hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is amended, effective March 22, 2011, as follows:

 

1.    Kent Texas Properties, LLC, Lessor hereby assumes all the incomplete obligations of Lease GS-07B-16023 as amended, and agrees to perform same in accordance with the terms, conditions, and provisions thereof from and after March 22, 2011.  Lessor further assumes all obligations and liabilities of and all claims and demands arising under Lease GS-07B-16023 against Former Lessor and ratifies and confirms all actions heretofore taken by Former Lessor with respect to the contract with the same force and effect as if the actions had been taken by Lessor.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed as releasing the Former Lessor from the Former Lessor’s
obligations under the terms of the lease.

 

2.    The Government agrees to accept the furnishing of the aforesaid premises in accordance with the terms, provisions, and conditions of said lease, as amended reserving however, all the Government's rights against Lessor and Former Lessor.

 

3.    Kent Texas Properties, LLC, Lessor waives all rights to payments under subject lease as against the Government arising prior to March 22, 2011.

 

3     4211 Cedar Springs Partners, LTD, former Lessor, confirms the transfer and waives any claims and rights against the Government that it now has or may have in the future in connection with this lease after March 22, 2011.

 

4     The Lessor also agrees to be added to ACH Vendor Enrollment per Debt Collection Improvement Act, which became effective July 27,1996.

 

5     Notwithstanding the foregoing, all payments heretofore made by the Government to the Former Lessor and all other actions hereto taken by the Government pursuant to its obligations under the contract shall be deemed to have discharged the Government's obligations under the contract to the extent of the amounts so paid or reimbursed or such actions taken. The actual change of ownership took place on March 22, 2011 and the rent payments from that date to the current date were paid to former lessor and both lessor and 4211 Cedar Springs Partners, LID waive rental claims stemming from those payments.

 

 

	
All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date.

GSA Form 276 (Jul. 67)

 

  

 

  

	
Page 2

 

	
Supplement Lease Agreement No 8 attached to and made a part of Lease GS-07B-16023

 

 

	
7.        Kent Texas Properties, LLC, (Lessor) agrees to indemnity and then save harmless the United States of America from and against any actions, loss, claims, or damages the United States of America may suffer or sustain by reason of the United States of America making payment under the Lease to Kent Texas Properties, LLC.

 

8.        The new owner of GS-07B-16023 is required to complete the GSA form 3518 enclosed and return it with the Supplemental Lease Agreement which will be made part of the lease.

 

9.        PAYEE ADDRESS:

           Kent Texas Properties, LLC

           5305 Miramar Lane

           Colleyville, TX 76034-5555

 

	
All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date.

	
 

Lessor:  KENT TEXAS PROPERTIES, LLC

 

 

	
By:                       /S/                      

Signature

 

	
             CFO                                          

            (Title)

	
IN PRESENCE OF

 

 

	  
	
 
By:                       /S/                      

Signature

 

	
         Chairman         

            (Title)

	
Former Lessor:  4211 CEDAR SPRINGS PARTNERS, LTD

 

 

	  
	
 
By:                       /S/                      

Signature

 

	
            V.P.               

            (Title)

	
IN PRESENCE OF

 

 

	  
	
 
By:                       /S/                      

Signature

 

	
             V.P.               

            (Title)

	
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

	  
	
 

 

 

By:  _____________________

	
Contracting Officer

General Services Administration

818 Taylor Street

Forth Worth, TX  76102-6105

 

 

	
INITIALS:

	
/S/

	
&

	
/S/

	 
	
 

	
LESSOR

	  	
GOV'T

	 GSA FORM 3516A PAGE 1 (REV 7/04)

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00195-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00195-of-00352.parquet"}]]